100 mm

The complete Spectrum of 

Signaling Technology 

Main catalogue · Edition 10 

ELECTRO-TECHNOLOGY FOR INDUSTRY

2 

Introduction

ELECTRO-TECHNOLOGY FOR INDUSTRY 

Safety for man, machine 

and the environment 

Pfannenberg is your reliable and competent 

partner when it comes to visual and acoustic 

information, warning and emergency signals 

Globally, hardly any other company in this fi eld can advise you so comprehensively 

and supply you from one source like Pfannenberg can due to the 

fact that we have expanded our range by approx. 600 products. Besides our 

other products, we are particularly pleased to be able to present the complete 

range of SPECTRA lights, traffi c lights and panel mounted indicators, 

which ideally supplement and complete our existing range of products. With 

these, we cover the complete industrial spectrum. We are in the position to 

supply you with all standard solutions from one source as well as countless 

custom solutions, if desired. 

Pfannenberg’s utmost priority is to know and really understand our customers’ 

requirements in order to be in a position to tailor and optimise our 

products and services to suit your needs. That also applies to our new 

business sector, Add-On Services, which is particularly valuable in the signal 

technology sector. Our product specialists will be pleased to offer you comprehensive 

advice on your special requirements. 

Following the concept of ‘Sharing Competence’ employee potentials unite 

to form products to suit needs: regular training, seminars and many years 

of experience put our employees in a position to conduct dialogue with customers 

professionally, in a goal-orientated manner and to achieve the best 

results and at a high level when solving tasks. Likewise, the experiences 

and knowledge gained are proactively made available and are in demand; 

hence, the organisational development at Pfannenberg is not only permanently 

promoted, but also shared. 

Last but not least, energy effi ciency also plays a large part in the newest 

generations of our devices. Ultimately, we feel obliged to remain true to our 

company motto: ‘Safety for man, machine and the environment!’. 

With best wishes 

Andreas Pfannenberg 

CEO 

3

Introduction 

Reliable signaling devices – 

indispensable for machines, plants and buildings 

‘Safety for man, machine and the environment’ is 

always priority at Pfannenberg GmbH. In order to 

ensure this, absolutely reliable signaling devices are 

indispensable. 

Whether in factory buildings, on machines, aboard 

ships or on large structures, motorways, bridges and 

in tunnels – Pfannenberg signals warn everywhere of 

danger, fire, accidents or technical defect. For decades, 

Pfannenberg has been reliably protecting the most precious 

commodity of all - human life. Early detection of 

failures and the associated alarm signals are also indispensable 

for a trouble-free production process. Usually, 

priority is to minimise process disruptions and dangerous 

situations, which require an alarm. Unfortunately, 

this can never be completely avoided and it is therefore, 

important to take precautions. 

As a result, not only will the risk of an accident be reduced, 

but unnecessary downtime or interruptions will be 

minimised, thus guaranteeing continuity and preventing 

unnecessary costs. 

A signal device is not just an accessory for production 

equipment, machines or buildings, which serves to 

fulfi ll applicable regulations. Over and above that, it can 

also help to optimise company processes and to avert 

danger. Accordingly, functional reliability is extremely 

important in an emergency. The motto ‘not just any old 

device, but the right device’ should be the motto when 

choosing the right signaling device. Pfannenberg is 

proud to support its customers in selecting the right 

signaling device to suit their needs. 

Benefit from our competence. 

4


5 good reasons to choose Pfannenberg 

Absolute safety 

The Pfannenberg Group’s signaling technology is innovative, modern 

and durable. It offers absolutely secure alarm ability. 

All-round care 

Pfannenberg has organised sales in 42 countries on all 5 continents, 

thus ensuring optimal support. Whether it’s about on-site service, comprehensive 

application advice or the creation of individual solutions, 

Pfannenberg offers its customers top support around the clock and 

around the world in the respective national language. 

Reliability and innovation 

The Pfannenberg Group’s corporate values are reliable parameters for 

all customers: highest effi ciency in all business processes, energy-saving 

products and maintenance-free solutions go hand-in-hand with environmental 

and social consciousness, as well as fairness in dealing with 

business partners and employees. 

Pfannenberg is a family-owned company in the second generation. It has 

a long-standing tradition of outstanding innovative product developments, 

such as shock-resistant and energy-effi cient fl ashing LED lights, wallpenetrating 

sounders, self-monitoring alarm signals for machines and 

cost-optimised rotating mirror lights. 

Individual advice 

The Pfannenberg Group offers its customers the necessary competence 

for individual solutions in the most diverse branches of industry 

(examples): 

• Machine safety 

• Renewable energies 

• Building equipment 

• Fire prevention 

• Art illumination 

– Function-monitored fl ashing lights 

– Voice alarms in bio-gas combined heating 

and power plants 

– Obstruction lights 

– Acoustic alarms in gas-fi red power stations 

– Illumination of the Eiffel Tower with 

20,000 fl ashing lights 

Production around the world 

The Pfannenberg Group is constantly optimising its production in order to 

directly serve customers all over the world on a localbasis and to establish 

a strong network. Pfannenberg links its production in Germany, Italy, 

USA and China optimally to plastics processing, state-of-the-art sheet 

metal working and VdS-approved manufacturing. Our own environmental 

simulation laboratory enables the manufacturing of ‘tested’ products for 

the most extreme application conditions, naturally also with VdS and UL 

approval. 

Plastic injection moulding plant, 

Pfannenberg, Hamburg 

5

Introduction 

Table of contents 

Introduction ........................................................................................... 2 

The Pfannenberg Company ........................................................................ 3 

Reliable signaling ........................................................................................ 6 

New products .............................................................................................. 8 

Technology ................................................................................................ 14 

Visual signaling devices ................................................................. 32 

Flashing lights............................................................................................ 38 

Blinking lights............................................................................................. 70 

LED lights .................................................................................................. 76 

Continuous lights ....................................................................................... 96 

Rotating mirror lights ............................................................................... 106 

Function-monitored lights, Obstruction lights .......................................... 108 

Accessories and bulbs..............................................................................118 

Connection diagrams............................................................................... 123 

Audible signaling devices ........................................................... 126 

Sounders ................................................................................................. 130 

Voice sounders ........................................................................................ 142 

Loudspeakers .......................................................................................... 146 

Electronic buzzers ................................................................................... 148 


Combined visual-audible signaling devices ........................ 154 


6


Signal Towers .................................................................................... 174 

Accessories and light sources ................................................................. 182 

Ex signaling devices ...................................................................... 184 

Technology .............................................................................................. 186 

Visual signaling devices .......................................................................... 196 

Audible signaling devices ........................................................................ 218 

Loudspeakers .......................................................................................... 230 

Combined visual-audible signaling devices ............................................. 234 

Zener barriers .......................................................................................... 242 


Art Illumination and custom solutions ................................... 248 

Art Illumination ........................................................................................ 250 

Custom solutions ..................................................................................... 254 

Services ................................................................................................... 255 

Pfannenberg worldwide ................................................................ 256 

Website .................................................................................................... 256 

Fax form .................................................................................................. 257 

Contact addresses................................................................................... 258 

7

Introduction 

New products 

P 100 

The compact series with a diameter of 60 mm, also for installation where 

space is limited. Panel-mounted devices with convenient plug contact. 



LED lights .................................................................................................. 88 

Continuous lights ..................................................................................... 102 

P 200 

The compact series with a diameter of 60 mm, also for installation where 

space is limited. Surface-mounted devices for mounting directly or on a wall 

bracket or a tubular stand. 



LED lights .................................................................................................. 88 


P 300 

The lights series with a diameter of 100 mm for universal use. Surfacemounted 

devices for mounting directly or on a wall bracket or a tubular stand. 



LED lights .................................................................................................. 78 



8


New Products 

P 400 

Powerful lights with a diameter of 140 mm for universal use. Surface-mounted 

devices for mounting directly or on a wall bracket or a tubular stand. 



LED lights .................................................................................................. 78 



P 350 / P450 

Signal lights with a diameter of 100/140 mm for traffi c light applications, easy 

to combine for horizontal or vertical confi guration. 

LED lights .................................................................................................. 92 


Panel mount indicators 

Panel mount indicators for 22.5 or 28.6 mm mounting hole. 

Continuous LED panel mount indicators ................................................... 94 

Blinking LED panel mount indicators ......................................................... 94 

Panel mount buzzers ............................................................................... 148 

Blinking LED panel mount indicators with buzzer.................................... 157 

9

Introduction 

Quadro-LED-TL 

Extreme bright LED signal lights for traffi c light applications. Extraordinary 

housing protection (IP 66, IK 08 and UV-protected PC housing). 

Traffic light ................................................................................................. 90 

Quadro-LED Flex 

The Quadro-LED Flex multifunction light is designed for tough demands under 

industrial conditions and is suitable for use as a visual alarm both indoors 

and out. Now also available with LED technology in the successful Quadro 

housing. 

LED light .................................................................................................... 80 

Quadro-LED Flex 3G/3D 

The Quadro-LED Flex 3G/3D Ex LED multifunction light is designed for tough 

demands under industrial conditions and is suitable for use in potentially 

explosive environments, zones 2 and 22. 

Now also available with LED technology in the successful Quadro housing. 

Ex-LED fl ashing light ............................................................................... 198 

10


New Products 

POL 10 / POL 32 

LED obstacle light, AVV-approved, conforms to ICAO Annex 14, 

Band 1, Chapter 6. Omnidirectional light with a radiation angle of 360° for 

operation at night and at twilight (night identifi cation of aviation obstacles). 

Function-monitored lights .........................................................................114 

BR 50-LED-M – monitored signal towers 

Monitored LED continuous light module for greater safety; the light bulb has 

two separate strands. If one strand fails, the alarm contact is activated and 

the second strand continues to light. Better safe than sorry. 

Monitored LED continuous light module. ................................................. 179 

BR 35-PM 

The BR 35 signal tower series now also features a panel-mounted version. 

BR 35-PM ................................................................................................ 177 

11

Introduction 

Inexpensive signaling devices for building technology 

SON 2 

100 dB (A) sounder with 3-stage alarm and automatic synchronisation. For 

applications where low power consumption is crucial. Choice of 32 tones. 

Sounders ................................................................................................. 130 

SON F1 

100 dB (A) sounder with 2-stage alarm and automatic synchronisation. For 

applications where low power consumption is crucial. Choice of 10 tones. 

Sounders ................................................................................................. 130 

SON 4 

100 dB (A) flashing or LED blinking sounder with 3-stage alarm and 

automatic synchronisation in system operation. 

Flashing sounders ................................................................................... 158 

LED blinking sounders............................................................................. 158 

SON FL1 / SON FL1L 

100 dB (A) flashing or LED blinking sounder with 2-stage alarm and 

automatic synchronisation in system operation. 


LED blinking sounders............................................................................. 160 

12


New Products 

Marine series PMA 

Sounders, loudspeakers and fl ashing lights for tough industrial demands with 

stainless steel mounting bracket for 360° positioning. 


LED lights .................................................................................................. 84 

Sounders ................................................................................................. 138 

Loudspeakers .......................................................................................... 147 


LED fl ashing sounders ............................................................................ 170 

E2x series 

Extremely robust signaling devices from the E2x series with ATEX approval 

and optional UL approval for operational area Class 1, Division 2. 

Ex fl ashing lights...................................................................................... 200 

Ex sounders............................................................................................. 220 

Ex loudspeakers ...................................................................................... 230 

Ex sounder/flashing light combinations ................................................... 234 

IP protection 

Higher IP protection levels without surcharge for 

PL 105 compact fl ashing lights .................................................................. 62 

PL 105-LED continuous/blinking lights ...................................................... 86 

PA series sounders ........................................................................... 134/136 

PAB series fl ashing sounders ........................................................... 164/166 

VdS approval 

VdS approval now available for all sounders from the PA series ..... 134/136 

13

Introduction 

Pictograms 

+ ... °C 

– ... °C 

Operating temperature range. 

Highest and lowest temperature 

values ensured by the technical 

data. 

IP 67 

Protection system specification according 

to DIN EN 60529. General information 

on the protection of electrical equipment 

against contact, foreign particles and 

water. Devices with IP 54 can be used 

outdoors. 

IK 08 

Impact-proof housing. 

Protection system specifi cation 

according to DIN EN 50102. 

SPS 

I 

lim 

t 

30 

Activation input with 

opto-coupler 24 V DC / 2 mA. 

Equipment with initial 

current limitation. 

Optional fl ash rate 

(standard: 60 fl ashes/min.). 

Protective cage made of rustproof metal. 

Active protection against contact and 

sabotage, plus operation under ‘tough‘ 

conditions. 

External fl ash monitoring for visual 

alarms. The fl ash is detected and monitored 

via a fi bre-optic cable. In the case of a 

malfunction, an alarm is given in the form 

of a ’normally closed function’ (fl oating 

contact). 

Volume control. 

For the optimal adaptation of the signal 

to the surroundings and the avoidance 

of startled reactions. 

3 J 

r = 

20 m 

Optional brightness, 

e.g. 3 Joules. 

External tone selection. 

For controlling various types 

of tones in a device 

Reception range of the signaling device, 

within which the signal is adequately 

perceived. 

SYNC 

Synchronous operation of several 

signaling devices. Light pulses or tones 

are rendered in absolute synchronisation. 

14

Approvals and test symbols 


Germanischer Lloyd sets standards in technology, quality and 

safety for shipping and industry. Germanischer Lloyd is additionally 

a leading certifying body in the fields of wind power, environmental 

protection, the oil and gas industry and building technology. 

C US UL 

LISTED Underwriters Laboratories 

The Underwriters Laboratories test and register products in 

accordance with the requirements of the North American market. 

The approvals are valid for the USA and Canada. 

VdS-Zulassung 

VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH 

The Verband der Sachversicherer (VdS) [= Association of Material 

Insurers] tests and certifies components for facilities dealing with 

damage prevention. The VdS guidelines contain requirements for 

components used for protection against fire and burglary. 

GOST 

GOST certifi cation applies to products tested in accordance with 

the requirements and standards of the Russian Federation. The 

GOST standards cover over 20 industries. 

Russian Maritime Register 

of Shipping (RMS) 

The Russian Maritime Register of Shipping sets the standards 

for technology, quality and safety for shipping and industry in the 

Russian Federation. It additionally functions as a certifying body, 

for example in the fields of defence, the oil and gas industry and 

building technology. 

The ‘Physikalish-Technische Bundesanstalt’ (PTB) [= Federal Physical/Technical 

Institute] is a material testing and calibrating body. It is 

subdivided into several laboratories and, among other things, tests 

and approves technical equipment for potentially explosive areas. 

The existing CENELEC standards form the basis. The PTB is the 

authorised EU testing body for the Federal Republic of Germany. 

Bundesamt für Wehrtechik 

und Beschaffung 

The ‘Bundesamt für Wehrtechnik und Beschaffung’ (BWB) [= Federal 

Office of Military Equipment and Procurement] administers and 

catalogues the technical equipment of the armed forces. Affiliated 

to it are technical defence authorities and arsenals, in which type 

testing is carried out in accordance with VG standards. These materials 

are listed in the SAK catalogue. 

Products marked with the Ex test symbol and test number are 

approved for use in potentially explosive areas (further details 

from page 186 onward). 

The AS-i (Actuator Sensor Interface) is an inexpensive, fast bus 

system for the transmission of data and energy that reduces cabling 

and saves on I/O cards and terminal strips. AS-Interface products 

conform to the EN 50295 and IEC 62026-2 specifications. 

The ‘International Civil Aviation Organization’ sets standards for 

technology, quality and safety in international air traffi c. 

The ‚Allgemeine Verwaltungsvorschrift zur Kennzeichnung von 

Luftfahrthindernissen‘ (AVV) [= General Administrative Rules for 

the Identifi cation of Aviation Obstacles] sets the standards for 

technology, quality and safety in air traffi c in Germany. 

Schweizerische Eidgenossenschaft 

The Bundesamt für Verkehr (Federal Ministry of Transport) governs 

public transportation in Switzerland. It covers transport by rail and 

cable car, freight trains, buses and ships. 

EN 

54-3 

The European standard for the 

approval of acoustic alarms in 

fi re protection facilities. 

EN 

54-23 

The European standard for the 

approval of visual alarms in fi re 

protection facilities. 

15

Introduction 

Protection system 

IP protection system 

The protection system for devices in accordance with DIN EN 60529 (DIN VDE 

0470 IEC 60529) indicates suitability for various environmental conditions. 

1 st digit Protection against foreign particles 2 nd digit Protection against water 

0 no protection 0 no protection 

1 large foreign matter (Ø from 50 mm) 1 vertically dripping water 

2 

medium-sized foreign matter (Ø from 12.5 mm, 

length up to 80 mm) 

2 water dripping at an angle (up to 15°) 

3 small foreign matter (Ø from 2.5 mm) 3 falling spray water up to 60° from the vertical 

4 foreign matter in the form of grains (Ø from 1 mm) 4 spray water from all sides 

5 dust deposits in non-damaging quantities 4k 

spray water from all sides under increased pressure; 

applies only to road vehicles 

6 no entry of dust 5 Water stream (jets) from any angle 

6 strong water stream (jets) (fl ooding) 

strong water stream (jets) under increased pressure 

6k 

(fl ooding); applies only to road vehicles 

7 temporary immersion 

8 permanent immersion 

high pressure water/steam cleaning; applies only to road 

9k 

vehicles 

Comparison of NEMA and IEC protection systems – 

classification 

The ‘National Electrical Manufacturers Association’ (NEMA) sets standards and 

norms in the USA. 

NEMA protection 

system 

Protection 

IEC protection 

system 

1 falling dirt IP 10 

2 dripping water and falling dirt IP 11 

3 wind-blown dust, rain and hail; no damage due to external ice formation IP 54 

3 R rain and hail; no damage due to external ice formation IP 14 

3 S wind-blown dust, rain and hail; also usable in the case of external ice formation IP 54 

4 wind-blown dust, rain, spray water and water streams; no damage due to external ice formation IP 56 

4 X 

wind-blown dust, rain, spray water and water streams; no damage due to external ice formation, 

protection against corrosion 

5 dust, falling dirt, dripping non-corrosive fl uids IP 52 

6 water streams, temporary immersion; no damage due to external ice formation IP 67 

6 P water streams, longer periods of immersion IP 67 

12 and 12 K swirling dust, falling dirt, dripping non-corrosive fl uids IP 52 

13 dust, spray water, oil, non-corrosive fluids IP 54 

Please note: IP and NEMA codes are not directly, but rather only approximately, comparable 

16

Life cycle – Maintenance-free 


Technology 

Life cycle 

The life cycle of Pfannenberg signaling devices is defi ned as follows: 

Xenon flashing lights 

When the light emission from the fl ash tube has decreased by 30 % after 

a certain number of fl ashes. The tube is still not defective, but has become 

darker (can only be measured with electronic measuring instruments). On 

account of the special Pfannenberg capacitors and fl ash tubes, as well as 

many years of experience in fl ashing light technology, Pfannenberg lights 

have a very long life cycle (light emission still 70 % after up to 12 million 

fl ashes). 

LED lights 

LEDs have a very long life cycle of more than 50,000 hours. Like fl ash 

tubes, LEDs are not defective after reaching the end of their service life, 

but rather the light output is reduced by a certain proportion. Thanks to 

the careful dimensioning of the LED lights, taking into account all environmental 

infl uences, Pfannenberg lights attain a much longer life cycle. 

Maintenance-free 

We guarantee a very long, completely maintenance-free service life for 

sounders. This is due to the fact that no mechanically wearing parts are 

used. 

17

Introduction 

Pfannenberg on the Internet 

Make use of our large offering of online information. 

At www.pfannenberg.com, just click ‘Products’ in the 

menu bar. This will open a sub-menu on the left-hand 

side with all product categories. With a few clicks you 

can fi nd all of the important information that you require. 

Our special service to you: the download area! 

With a mouse click you can conveniently download data 

sheets or design drawings to your PC and print them 

out. 

www.pfannenberg.com 

18


Pfannenberg signaling technology protects people 

Technology 

The fi eld of signaling technology is essentially made up 

of three product sectors. People are warned by purely 

visual alarms and, on the other hand, by purely acoustic 

alarms. The third sector, which is growing strong, is the 

combination of visual and acoustic signals. 

This is the most reliable way of informing operators 

or users. Due to their extreme sturdiness and the 

associated durability and freedom from maintenance, 

Pfannenberg signaling devices are frequently found in 

extreme applications, whether it be in the toughest of 

environmental conditions or in demanding mounting 

locations. 

Note: Like in other electronic devices, a greatly increased 

current can fl ow for a very short moment when 

fl ashing beacons switch on. Many devices featuring 

initial current limitation are available in the Pfannenberg 

range for special requirements; we will be pleased to 

help you select the right device. 

On the following pages you will fi nd further valuable 

information on the optimum selection and use of 

Pfannenberg signaling devices for machine safety, 

building technology, obstruction lighting, automation 

technology, fi re alarms and much more. 

19

Introduction 

Visual signaling devices by Pfannenberg 

Our comprehensive range includes: 

• xenon fl ashing lights 

• halogen blinking and continuous lights 

• blinking and continuous lights with fi lament lamps 

• LED multifunction lights 

• rotating mirror lights 

• panel mount blinking and continuous indicators 

• combination lights 

• traffic light lights 

• signal towers 

• visual signaling devices for the Ex area 

A large proportion of our signaling devices are provided with the 

following features, which make their use in special applications 

possible, such as in safety-relevant applications: 

• synchronisation of several lights 

• redundant structure 

• integrated function monitoring 

• limitation of initial current 

Basic principles of optics 

Light moves as electromagnetic wave, which are 

distinguished from one another by their wavelength. 

The wavelengths of that part of the electromagnetic 

spectrum, which are visible to the human eye lie 

between 380 nm and 780 nm and are called the 

visible spectrum. 

The visible spectrum itself is in turn made up of different 

electromagnetic waves that generate the perception 

of different colours in our eyes. The limits of the visible 

spectrum are represented by infrared and ultra-violet 

light. 

The spectrum visible to the human eye (light) 

Ultra-violet 

Infrared 

400 nm 450 nm 500 nm 550 nm 600 nm 650 nm 700 nm 

Cosmic Gamma- hard, medium, soft UV- Infrared Terrahertz Radar UHF UKW Medium wave high, medium, low 

radiation radiation X-ray radiation C/B/A radiation radiation Microwave oven VHF Short wave Long wave frequency 

ultra-violet Microwaves Radio AC currents 

i fm 1 pm 1 Å 1 nm 1 μm 1 mm 1 cm 1 m 1 km 1 Mm 

10 -15 10 -14 10 -13 10 -12 10 -11 10 -10 10 -9 10 -8 10 -7 10 -6 10 -5 10 -4 10 -3 10 -2 10 -1 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 10 7 

10 23 10 22 10 21 10 20 10 19 10 18 10 17 10 16 10 15 10 14 10 13 10 12 10 11 10 10 10 9 10 8 10 7 10 6 10 5 10 4 10 3 10 2 

1 Zetta-Hz 1 Exa-Hz 1 Peta-Hz 1 Tera-Hz 1 Giga-Hz 1 Mega-Hz 1 Kilo-Hz 

20


Technology 

Types of light generation 

There are several ways of generating light in signaling technology. 

Filament lamp 

In the filament lamp, an electric conductor (fi lament) is heated up by an electric 

current to the point where it glows and is perceived as a source of light. 

In order to protect the tungsten filament against the oxygen in the air and to 

prolong its service life, it is shielded by a vacuum in a glass bulb. The power 

of a fi lament lamp is expressed in Watts and is calculated as follows: 

Power (P) = Voltage (U) • Current (I) 

Although this type of light generation is still being used, it is being displaced 

more and more in the market due to its very limited service life and poor light 

production. 

Halogen lamp 

The glass bulb of a halogen lamp is fi lled with halogen bromine, which virtually 

doubles the service life of this lamp compared to the ‚normal‘ fi lament 

lamp, as well as increases the light production and allows the bulb to be 

operated at higher temperatures. The light output of a halogen lamp remains 

virtually constant throughout its service life. 

LED Lamp 

A light-emitting diode is an electronic semiconductor. If current fl ows through 

the diode in the conducting direction, it emits light. The light energy is released 

in the form of photons. Light diodes are not temperature radiators. 

They are insensitive to impacts and vibration and consume little current. The 

service life of an LED is described as the time period over which the light 

yield decreases to half of its initial value and is usually more than 50,000 

hours. Since LEDs are available in all normal colours, the use of colour fi lters 

is not necessary. LED lamps are available in exchangeable versions with a 

fi tting or as permanently installed LED arrays. 

Flash capacitor 

Xenon flash tube 

Electronic 

clock 

Power supply and 

charging circuit 

Gas discharge lamps 

The energy stored in the capacitor discharges in the gas-filled glass tube 

and forms a light arc. Xenon gas is predominantly used in signal technology. 

The flash energy per individual flash is calculated according to the following 

equation: 

E = 1/2 • C • U 2 

E = Flash energy (Joules) 

C = Capacity of flash capacitor (Farads) 

U = Charging voltage (Volts) 

The electrode material is subjected to a very large load during the discharge. 

Although very hard metals such as tungsten are used for the electrode, a 

certain amount of the metal is removed depending on the load and is deposited 

as a dark fi lm on the inside of the fl ash tube. The advantage of this 

technology is the high signaling effect due to the concentrated light pulse. 

21

Introduction 

The most important light variables in signaling technology are: 

• light intensity 

• luminous fl ux 

• illumination intensity 

Light intensity is measured in Candela [cd]. 

The light intensity is the radiation power of a light source per dihedral angle, weighted with the spectral sensitivity 

of the eye. The directional dependence of the luminous fl ux is represented. This is particularly important in signal 

technology, since it is not about illuminating a room, but rather about the directed transmission of light to the 

observer. 

light intensity [cd] = luminous flux [lm] / dihedral angle [sr] 

For example, the light intensity of a household candle is around 1 cd. 

Luminous fluxΦ is expressed in Lumen [lm]. 

The luminous fl ux is a measure of the entire visible radiation that is radiated in all directions from a source of light 

and, as opposed to light intensity, is not directionally dependent. 

Illumination intensity is expressed in Lux [lx]. 

The illumination intensity describes the amount of the luminous fl ux that strikes a given area. It is the quotient of 

luminous fl ux and area. 

illumination intensity [lx] = luminous flux [lm] / area A (m 2 ) 

The illumination intensity is inversely proportional to the square of the distance. A doubling of the distance therefore 

results in the illumination intensity being reduced to one quarter. 

Light intensity 

Luminous fl ux 

Light density 

Illumination intensity 

22


Technology 

Types of beacon 

Visual signaling takes place by means of colour, light intensity and lighting duration. Four types of beacons with 

different signaling effects are essentially offered in signal technology; 

Continuous lights – lowest signaling effect 

The light intensity of the continuous light changes with the power of the lamp and the use of different colours and 

types of lenses. This type of beacon is normally used to display a status and serves to a lesser extent as a means 

of an alarm. 

Blinking lights – increased signaling effect 

The observer’s attention is increased by means of switching the lamp on and off with a blinking frequency of 

normally 1 to 2 Hz. This type of beacon is used, for example, as a warning signal. 

Rotating mirror lights – high signaling effect 

A rotating light cone is generated by means of diverting the light using the internal rotating mirror. Higher attention 

is gained at faster rotary speeds. Smooth lenses are used for these beacons in order to exploit the light effect to its 

fullest and to avoid scattering effects. As opposed to fl ashing beacons, the dazzling effect is reduced with rotating 

mirror beacons. 

Flashing lights – highest signaling effect 

The charged capacitor discharges its energy into the gas-fi lled glass tube and forms a light arc. This very short and 

very intensive light effect generates the highest signal attention. Among other things, this type of beacon is used as 

a top priority alarm. 

Meaning of the colours in visual signaling 

The signal colours red, amber, yellow, green, blue and clear are mainly used in signal technology. 

Different lamp colours convey different messages to the observer in accordance with EN 60078, EN 981 and 

DIN VDE 0199. 

Colour 

Process 

status 

(as per IEC 73) 

Process 

data 

(nach IEC 73) 

Meaning / 

message category 

Purpose 

User reaction 

(as per DIN VDE 0199) 

Example 

application 

red 

emergency 

limit value 

exceeded 

• danger 

• abnormal status 

• act immediately 

• urgent rescue or 

protection measure 

• emergency 

• alarm 

• stop 

• prohibited 

• failure 

immediate reaction 

• stop sign 

• prohibiting sign 

• emergency stop devices 

yellow / 

amber 

abnormal 

warning limit 

reached 

• caution 

• be prepared 

• act if necessary 

• attention required 

• change of status 

• intervention 

monitor and/or 

intervene 

indication of dangers, 

such as: fi re, explosion, 

radiation, chemical infl u- 

ences, obstructions etc. 

green 

normal 

within normal 

range 

• everything ok 

• normal status 

• safe 

• no danger 

• danger is pastr 

• first aid 

• return to normal process 

• continue 

no action required 

• identifi cation of escape 

routes and emergency 

exits 

• fi rst aid and rescue 

stations 

blue 

specified 

meaning 

specified 

meaning 

• display of necessity 

for specifi ed action 

• command sign 

• notice 

• machine-specific 

• action 

• protection 

• extraordinary attention 

• safety-relevant regulation 

or precaution with priority 

specifi ed action 

• obligation to wear personal 

protective equipment 

• location of a telephone 

• etc. 

white / 

clear 

other 

neutral 

neutral 

not assigned any 

particular meaning 

23

Introduction 

Light permeability of coloured lenses 

Depending on the respective light source and the various lens colours, the following percentage of light typically 

penetrates through: 

Colour Filament lamp Halogen lamp Xenon lamp 

clear 100 % 100 % 100 % 

yellow 95 % 94 % 93 % 

amber 70 % 70 % 70 % 

red 17 % 27 % 23 % 

green 12 % 15 % 25 % 

blue 15 % 20 % 24 % 

This reduction in the light intensity must be taken into consideration when selecting the right signaling device! 

Due to the narrow spectrum of LED light sources, only a small reduction in the light is to be expected if the colour of 

the lens corresponds to the colour of the LED. 

Planning visual signaling 

EN 54-23 (draft) for Europe and NFPA 72 for the USA offer a tangible basis for the design of visual signaling: 

The table below is based on the following calculation equation and can also be used for other room sizes or 

distances: 

d = √ I Eff 

/ E 

d is the distance between the observer and the alarm device in metres [m] 

I eff 

is the effective light intensity in Candela [cd] 

E is the illumination intensity in Lux [lx] 

The illumination intensity E must not fall below 0.4 lx at any place within the defi ned signal reception area. 

Examples of the signaling devices to be used, depending on the room size 

maximum minimum light intensity (effective intensity [cd]) 

room size 

3 lights/room 

(m x m) 1 light/room 2 lights/room 

(synchronised) 

6 x 6 15 not permitted not permitted 

12 x 12 60 30 15 

18 x 18 135 95 30 

24 x 24 240 135 60 

Due to the complexity when considering visual signaling, we recommend checking the effi ciency of the alarm 

on-site by using a representative group of people. In doing so, a ‘worst case’ scenario must always be performed 

based on the environmental conditions. 

24


Technology 

Perception of the brightness of light for warnings and alarms 

A few tips to assist you in selecting the right visual signaling 

devices: 

Doubling the distance reduces the light power by 75 % 

to 1/4 of its strength. If the distance is quadrupled, the 

light power is reduced to 1/16. 

Visual alarms are ideal when there is a direct (unobstructed) 

line of sight between the beacon and the 

observer. 

Refl ected light can be perceived inadequately. 

In an alarm area (dangerous condition, immediate action), 

the beacon will also be perceived without direct 

visual contact provided that the light intensity of the 

alarm device is 10 times brighter than the ambient 

light. 

In a warning area (critical condition, intervene), the signal 

will be perceived adequately via direct visual contact 

or refl ection provided that the light intensity of the 

warning device is 5 times brighter than the ambient 

light. 

Optical and electronic monitoring 

Monitoring of visual alarm devices plays a very important 

role, especially in the case of safety-relevant applications. 

Monitoring is offered in two different technical 

versions. 

One method is to monitor the correct function of a 

fl ashing light by opto-electronic means. The light fl ash 

from the fl ashing light is fed via an optical fi bre to a 

phototransistor, which converts the optical impulse to 

an electrical impulse. The optical fi bre is located in the 

housing of the flashing light and directed downwards, 

which excludes false triggering due to the effect of 

daylight. Additionally, any fl ashing light with a 1 Hz fl ash 

rate can be retrofitted with an external fl ash monitor. 

The downstream circuitry evaluates the pulse and its 

regular repetition. 

As soon as the operating voltage is applied, the evaluation 

relay closes the error contact. If the operating 

voltage fails, the relay opens immediately. This method 

of operation represents the fail-safe normally-closed 

circuit function and guarantees an alarm even if the 

operating voltage fails. On the other hand, the error 

message contact serves the continuative alarming, 

e.g. in an error message line, or the direct blocking of 

further machine processes. It is possible to relay the 

error alarm as a normally-closed function. The second 

method of electronic monitoring is to integrate a fl ash 

monitor in the processor of the fl ashing beacon. In 

this case the regular charging and discharging of the 

fl ashing beacon capacitor is monitored. If one status is 

not present, an error message is relayed via a fl oating, 

normally-closed contact. 

Inrush current limitation 

Visual alarm devices can draw a greatly increased initial 

current for a very short period of time. This is due to the 

circuit-related input capacity. This can lead an overload 

of the relay contacts at the moment when power is 

turned on and to the premature triggering of overcurrent 

circuit breakers. For special requirements, Pfannenberg 

can supply you with visual alarm devices that are factory 

fi tted with an initial current limiter. Pfannenberg also 

offers external current limiting modules, so-called softstart 

modules (SSM), for retrofitting or supplementing 

visual signaling devices. 

Example of the current curve with 

and without a soft-start module 

Amps 

î up to 12 A 

without SSM 

with SSM 

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ms 

Current limitation 0.7 – 1.5 A 

25

Introduction 

Audible signaling devices by Pfannenberg 

Our comprehensive range includes: 

• electronic multi-tone sounders 

• electronic multi-tone sirens and horns 

• programmable voice sounders 

(also in synchronised versions) 

• loudspeakers 

• combined signaling devices 

• buzzers and panel mounted buzzers 

• acoustic signaling devices for the Ex area 

Basic principles of acoustics 

A source of sound causes the air to oscillate, resulting in alternating compression and relaxation of the air. This 

pressure wave propagates itself in the form of a wave and causes the eardrum to oscillate, triggering the process 

of hearing. 

The sound pressure of oscillation is measured in microbars (μbar). The number of oscillations per second is called 

the frequency. Its unit of measurement is Hertz (Hz). 

Different types of sound 

• a harmonic oscillation produces a tone 

• a sound represents a mixture of tones 

• noise is the name given to a mixture of numerous tones, rapidly changing frequencies and rapidly changing 

sound volumes 

• a bang is produced by a sudden beginning of a mechanical oscillation of very short duration and great loudness 

Sound 

pressure 

 

high tone: 

many 

 

low tone: 

few oscillations per second 

Sound 

pressure 

 

Impulse 

(hammer) 

Sound 

pressure 

 

Machine noise 

time 

 

 

time 

 

time 

Sound 

pressure 

 

quiet tone 

 

loud tone 

Sound 

pressure 

 

Tone 

Sound 

pressure 

 

Sound 

 

time 

 

time 

 

time 

Properties of sound waves: 

• the number of vibrations per unit of time = frequency 

• range of the oscillation = amplitude 

A large number of audio samples of different tones are available at www.pfannenberg.com/service. 

26


Technology 

Frequency range and sound pressure level 

The range of human hearing is from 20 to 20,000 Hz. 

Deeper sounds (infrasound) and higher sounds (ultrasound) 

cannot be heard. The human ear is most sensitive to sound 

between 500 Hz and 3 kHz. With regard to volume, a sound 

pressure of 2/10,000 = 0.0002 μbar is just barely audible. 

This limit value is called ‘hearing threshold pressure’. 

A sound pressure of 200 μbar and above causes pain. 

This is known as the pain threshold. 

In order to make the hearing range more manageable in 

terms of numbers, the ratio of the actual measured sound 

pressure to the hearing threshold pressure is converted to 

a logarithm. This logarithmic relationship is known as the 

sound pressure level and is expressed in decibels (dB). 

The equation is: 

Lp= 20 x log 

measured sound pressure in μbar dB 

hearing threshold pressure in μbar 

100 000 000 μPa 

10 000 000 μPa 

1 000 000 μPa 

100 000 μPa 

10 000 μPa 

1 000 μPa 

100 μPa 

140 dB (A) 

130 dB (A) 

120 dB (A) 

110 dB (A) 

100 dB (A) 

90 dB (A) 

80 dB (A) 

70 dB (A) 

60 dB (A) 

50 dB (A) 

40 dB (A) 

30 dB (A) 

20 dB (A) 

10 dB (A) 

20 μPa 

0 dB (A) 

Basic principles of acoustic audibility 

The loudness of a sounder is expressed in dB (A) and measured 

at a distance of 1 metre (USA 10 feet). The smallest 

increase in the sound level that the human ear can detect is 

3 dB. An increase of 6 dB is equivalent to a doubling of the 

sound pressure. An increase of around 10 dB is perceived 

as being twice as loud. 

Reduction in the sound pressure level in 

relation to the distance between the sounder 

and the listener’s ear 

0 

Lower frequencies (at the same sound level) are perceived 

to be quieter. This is all the more pronounced at lower sound 

levels. 

Alarm signals can be better heard when the difference 

between the frequency of the ambient noise and that of 

the sounder is greater. Interfering factors are, for example, 

damping, fog, obstructions, wind speed and direction, rain 

and air humidity. 

Sound pressure reduction (dB) 

-10 

-20 

-30 

-35 

-40 

-50 

Example 

A doubling of the distance to the source of the sound is 

equivalent to a reduction in the sound level of around 6 dB, 

e.g. there is a sound pressure level reduction of 35 dB at a 

distance of 58 m. 

1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 

58 

Distance (m) 

27

Introduction 

Types of sound generation 

Sound capsule – electromagnetic sound generation 

In the sound capsule, anchors connected to the membrane are 

pre-magnetised by a permanent magnet. When a voltage is 

applied, the membrane is stimulated to oscillate, generating sound 

waves that are perceived as an audible tone. Despite its relatively 

simple and compact structure, the sound capsule has a relatively 

high efficiency level. For that reason this technology is often used 

in appliances with small dimensions. 

Loudspeaker – electro-dynamic sound generation 

The electro-dynamic loudspeaker consists of a membrane 

connected to a central oscillating coil. This coil is located within 

the magnetic fi eld of a permanent magnet. If the voltage of the 

signal to be transmitted is applied to this coil, an alternating 

electromagnetic fi eld is generated that causes the membrane 

to move and, hence, to generate sound pressure. 

Various membranes (smaller or larger, softer or harder) and 

different coils and permanent magnets are used, 

depending on the frequency range. Electrodynamic loudspeakers 

are ideally suited for generating high sound pressure. 

Horn loudspeaker – electro-dynamic sound generation 

The membrane in a horn loudspeaker acts on a very small space – 

the pressure chamber. The velocity of the air particles is increased 

in this pressure chamber due to its small cross-sectional size. This 

principle increases effi ciency considerably in comparison to other 

designs. Due to the high sound pressure, which can be attained 

and the high frequency range that can be transmitted, horn loudspeakers 

are ideal for the transmission of sound in large areas. 

Horn loudspeakers are usually insensitive to weather and are 

very robust. 

Piezo-electric effect 

At the heart of a piezo loudspeaker is a crystal. When a voltage 

is applied to this crystal, it deforms as a result and is thus set in 

motion. Piezo loudspeakers essentially transmit only higher 

frequency ranges and are not suitable for penetrating through 

obstructions such as walls. The advantage of these systems lies 

in their high impedance and, therefore, low power consumption. 

28


Technology 

Planning audible signaling 

In order to determine the acoustic alarm, it is important to know the 

’starting value’ (existing ambient noise level) and the ‘target value’ to 

be calculated. 

According to the EN ISO 7731 standard (replacement for EN 457), 

a sounder should have a minimum sound level of 65 dB (A). 

Standard 

Minimum difference 

to the ambient noise 

level 

Application 

EN ISO 7731 at least 15 dB (A) Public areas and workplaces 

DIN VDE 0833 

EN 60849 

at least 10 dB (A) 

Fire alarm (in fi re alarm systems) 

Evacuation signal (in alarm systems) 

From a required sound level of 110 dB (A) upwards, it is recommended 

to use visual signaling devices in addition to acoustic alarms. 

Example calculation 

There are various possibilities of achieving 82 dB (A) for an area of 50 x 30 m: 

1 x 120 dB (A) or 10 x 100 dB (A) sounders are required. 

Sound transmission area of a 100 dB (A) sounder in order to achieve 82 dB (A) = 200 m 2 

Sound transmission area of a 120 dB (A) sounder in order to achieve 82 dB (A) = 20,000 m 2 


120 dB (A) 

82 dB (A) 

The type of signaling (number of sounders) used is essentially determined by the geometric properties of the room, 

the shape of any obstructions and the maximum permissible sound pressure level of the sounder. When using a 

sounder with, for example, 120 dB (A), it must be ensured that people cannot be in the near vicinity of the sounder. 

If this is not possible, a divided installation should to be chosen. 

29

Introduction 

The meaning of different tones 

Pfannenberg sounders can generate up to 45 different tones. All tones can selected individually and must be 

adapted to suit the respective environmental conditions. Therefore, some of the pre-installed tones have a 

pre-defi ned meaning. 

Standard 

1200 Hz 

DIN 33404 

Acoustic alarm signal for workplaces in cases of 

fi re, gas, explosion or radiation danger 

500 Hz 

≈ 

➤ 

1s 

➤ 

ISO 8201 

Emergency evacuation signal 

950 Hz 

➤ 

1s 

➤ 

➤ 

1,5s 

➤ 

≈ 

1200 Hz 

NFS 32-001 

Fire alarm in France 

500 Hz 

≈ 

➤ 

1s 

➤ 

SS 031711 

Emergency signal in Sweden 

700 Hz 

➤ 

➤ 

0,25 s 

duration Dauer 60 60 s s 

≈ 

A large number of audio samples of different tones are available at www.pfannenberg.com/service. 

Monitoring: standby current 

There are two ways of monitoring the standby current electronically using a terminal resistor in order to monitor 

acoustic signaling devices: 

• measurement of the current below the lower nominal voltage limit of the device, or 

• measurement of the standby current by reversing the supply voltage poles 

Inrush current limitation 

Acoustic alarm devices can draw a strongly increased initial current for a very short period of time. This is caused 

by the circuit-related input capacity. For special requirements, acoustic alarm devices are available with an initial 

current limiter. 

30



Technology 

Make use of our large quantity of online information. 

At www.pfannenberg.com, just click ‘Service’ in the 


side with various categories. Important information with 

just a few clicks away. 

Our special service to you: the audio samples! Click 

here and you can conveniently listen to various tones or 

download them to your PC. 


31

32 

Visual signaling devices


A flash says more than 

a thousand words! 

Visual signaling devices 

ensure safety at first sight 

Visual signaling 

devices 

Regardless of whether you use flashing lights or continuous lights – 

Pfannenberg’s visual signaling devices are ‚eye-catchers‘ that can 

save lives in every respect. They ensure any process status can be 

displayed in a timely manner. Thanks to their unmistakable demand 

for action, they offer the best prerequisites for running trouble-free 

production processes. 

Benefi t from top quality standards and a unique complete range. 

33


All visual signaling devices at a glance 

Type 

Maximum signal 

reception range 

as per EN 54-23 

in metres (m) 1 

Flash 

energy 

Protection 

system 

Dimensions 

(HxWxD) 

mm 

Approvals / standards 

Page 

Flashing Lights 

PMF 2030 

PMF 2020 

PMF 2015 

2.5 5 10 25 50 GL GOST UL VdS RMS 

30 Joules 

7 Joules 

7 Joules 

IP 55 

direct mounting 

185 x Ø 177 

38 

40 

ABL / ABS 15 Joules IP 54 

without bracket 

242 x Ø 80 

42 

P 400 STR 

P 400 STS 

15 Joules 

15 Joules 

IP 65 220 x Ø 140 44 

Quadro F12 13 Joules IP 66 

IP 67 

Quadro S 

13 Joules IK 08 

130 x 130 

x 130 

46 

PB 2010 

10 Joules 

48 

PMB 2010 5 Joules IP 55 

128 x 166.2 

x 111.2 

50 

PB 2005 5 Joules 52 

PMB 010 

PMB 005 

10 Joules 

5 Joules 

IP 67 230.4 x 170.6 54 

WBL / WBS 5 Joules IP 54 200 x Ø 54 

WBL-PX 5 Joules IP 54 200 x Ø 54 

56 

WBLR / WBSR 5 Joules IP 65 

144 x 120 

x 85 

58 

P 300 STR 

P 300 STS 

P 300 STF 

5 Joules 

5 Joules 

5 Joules 

IP 65 150 x Ø 100 60 

PL 105 5 Joules IP 56 83 x 86 x 86 62 

KBL 5 Joules IP 54 190 x Ø 80 64 

DWBL / DWBS 2.5 Joules IP 54 200 x Ø 54 66 

P 100 STR 1 Joules IP 65 65.5 x Ø 60 68 

P 200 STR 1 Joules IP 65 80 x Ø 60 68 

1 

with a clear lens 

34


Type 

Blinking Lights 

P 400 FLF 

P 400 FLH 





Light 

power 

Protection 

system 

Dimensions 

(HxWxD) 




40 W 

35 / 40 W 

Page 

IP 65 220 x Ø 140 70 


devices 

P 300 FLF 

P 300 FLH 

25 W 

20 / 25 W 


P 200 FLF 5 W IP 65 80 x Ø 60 74 

P 100 FLF 5 W IP 65 65.5 x Ø 60 74 

LED Lights 

PMF-LED Flex 30 cd IP 55 


185 x Ø 177 

76 

P 400 LDA 30 cd IP 65 220 x Ø 140 78 

P 300 LDA 20 cd IP 65 150 x Ø 100 78 


9 cd 

IP 66 

IK 08 

130 x 130 

x 130 

80 

PD 2100-LED 5 cd IP 55 

128 x 166.2 

x 111.2 

82 

PMBL1 5 cd IP 67 230.4 x 170.6 84 

PL 105-LED 5 cd IP 56 83 x 86 x 86 86 

P 200 LDA 5 cd IP 65 80 x Ø 60 88 

P 100 LDA 5 cd IP 65 65.5 x Ø 60 88 

Quadro-LED-TL 

80 cd 

IP 66 

IK 08 

130 x 130 

x 396 

90 

1 


available 

in preparation 

35


All visual signaling devices at a glance 

Type 





Light 

power / 

light 

intensity 

Protection 

system 

Dimensions 

(HxWxD) 



Page 

LED Lights 


P 450 TLA 60 cd IP 65 177 x Ø 140 92 

P 350 TLA 45 cd IP 65 140 x Ø 100 92 

P 22 D – IP 65 52 x Ø 29 94 

P 22 DFS – IP 65 52 x Ø 29 94 

Continuous Lights 

P 400 SLF 

P 400 SLH 

40 W 

35 / 40 W 

IP 65 220 x Ø140 96 

P 300 SLF 

P 300 SLH 

15 W 

20 / 25 W 


KDL 25 W IP 55 190 x Ø 80 100 

PD 2100 15 W IP 55 

128 x 166.2 

x 111.2 

100 

P 200 SLF 5 W IP 65 80 x Ø 60 102 

P 100 SLF 5 W IP 65 65.5 x Ø 60 102 

P 450 TSB 

P 450 TDB 

25 W 

2 x 15 W 

IP 65 177 x Ø 140 104 

P 350 TSB 15 W IP 65 140 x Ø 100 104 

Rotating Mirror Lights 

P 400 RTH 35 / 40 W IP 65 220 x Ø 140 106 

P 300 RTH 20 / 25 W IP 65 150 x Ø 100 106 

available 


36


Type 





Function-monitored Lights 

Quadro S-M-Flex 

Light 

power / 

light 

intensity 

Protection 

system 

Dimensions 

(HxWxD) 




13 Joules 

IP 66 

IP 67 

IK 08 

130 x 130 

x 130 

Page 

108 


devices 

WBL-M / WBS-M 5 Joules IP 54 242 x Ø 80 110 

PMF 2015-M 7 Joules IP 55 185 x Ø 177 112 

POL 32-M 

POL 10-M 

POL 10-M-R 

POL 10-M-RA 

32 cd 

10 cd 

10 cd 

10 cd 

IP 68 240 x Ø 114 114 

PD 2100-M-AS-i 

(LED) 

5 cd IP 55 

128 x 166.2 

x 111.2 

116 

1 


available 


Further information can be found on the Internet: 

www.pfannenberg.com · www.pfannenberg-spareparts.com 

Keep up to date. Subscribe to our newsletter now: 

newsletter.pfannenberg.com 

37


All-round flashing lights 30 Joules 

PMF 2030 

r = 

61 m 

IP 55 

+ 55 °C 

- 30 °C 

• secure 360° alarm for large distances (indoors or outdoors) 

• extremely reliable and durable due to the use of state-of-the-art 

electronic components – no replacement of mechanical or electrical 

wearing parts necessary 

• reliable performance even under the toughest working and 

production conditions, e.g. possible voltage fl uctuations, high 

ambient temperatures up to + 55 °C, high relative humidity up to 90 % 

• mounting-friendly; large variety of mounting methods 

• bracket-mounting using solid stainless steel bracket or direct 

mounting with enclosed fl at seal 

• maximum flash energy 30 Joules 

• good light bundling is achieved in the horizontal plane thanks to the 

lens in the form of a fresnel lens and the special xenon fl ash tube 

• very good perceptibility over great distances; low power consumption 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data PMF 2030 

Rated voltage 

230 V AC 

Rated frequency 

50 Hz / 60 Hz 

Operating range 

195 V – 253 V 

Nominal current consumption 

at 30 J 1 Hz: 450 mA 0.75 Hz: 380 mA 0.5 Hz: 310 mA 0.1 Hz: 150 mA 

at 20 J 1 Hz: 400 mA 0.75 Hz: 340 mA 0.5 Hz: 290 mA 0.1 Hz: 140 mA 

Mechanical data PMF 2030 

Light source 

xenon fl ash tube 

Flash rate 

1 Hz = 60 fl ashes/min., see fl ash frequency table 

Flash energy 

max. 30 Joules, switchable to 20 Joules 

Light intensity (DIN 5037) clear lens 1500 cd 

Lens colours 

clear, amber, red, green, blue 

Lens type 

lens with fresnel characteristic 

Beam angle vertical approx. 16° 

horizontal 360° 

Operating temperature - 30 °C ... + 55 °C 

Storage temperature - 40 °C ... + 70 °C 

Relative humidity 90 % 

Protection system according to EN 60529 

IP 55 (vertical mounting) 

Duty cycle 100 % 

Service life of the flash tube light emission still 70 % after 8,000,000 fl ashes 

Material 

lens 

polycarbonate (PC) 

housing 

bracket mounting: polycarbonate (PC) / direct mounting: acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) 

Cable entry for bracket mounting M20 x 1.5 

Connecting terminals single wire 0.5 = 2.5 mm 2 , fi ne wire 0.5 = 1.5 mm 2 , with cable end sleeves 

Weight bracket mounting 1.25 kg 


0.75 kg 

Flash frequencies 

S1 

Flash energy Flash frequency 

1 2 3 4 

OFF OFF OFF OFF 

1 Hz 

ON OFF OFF OFF 0.75 Hz 

30 Joules 

OFF ON OFF OFF 0.5 Hz 

ON ON OFF OFF 0.1 Hz 

S1 

Flash energy Flash frequency 

1 2 3 4 

OFF OFF ON OFF 

1 Hz 

ON OFF ON OFF 0.75 Hz 

20 Joules 

OFF ON ON OFF 0.5 Hz 

ON ON ON OFF 0.1 Hz 

38 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Bracket mounting 

Direct mounting 

Drilling template 1 (for M5 threaded bushing) 

170.5 

Ø 5.5 

120° 

Ø 130 

45 


120° 

M20 x 1.5 

75 

Ø 130 

Ø 177 

M5 threaded bushing 

Drilling template 2 

diameter variable 

depending on 

cable entry 

6.5 

4 

Ø 5.5 

10 

Ø 5.5 

90 

50 

45 

50 

Two different drilling templates are available for fi xing the light (direct mounting). M5 x 8 threaded bushes are set into 

the base of the light for fi xing according to drilling template 1. Drilling template 2 allows the light to be fi xed using 4 

through bolts or similar from above. 

163 

Ordering details 

Article numbers PMF 2030 direct mounting PMF 2030 bracket mounting 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 230 V AC 

amber 210 10 10 4 000 210 10 10 4 010 

red 210 10 10 5 000 210 10 10 5 010 

Article numbers for other colours and voltages on request 

Options / accessories 

GOST 

Conformity to standards 

The visual characteristics of flashing lights conform to the European standard DIN EN 842: ‘Machine safety – visual alarm signals’. 

Requirements contained in the DIN EN 981 standard: ‘Machine safety – system of acoustic and visual alarm and information signals’, can be fulfilled. 

The colours ‘red’ for the emergency signal and ‘yellow’ for the warning signal conform to the requirements of IEC 73 / DIN EN 60073 / VDE 0199: 

‘Coding of display devices and control elements using colours and supplementary means’. 

References to visual alarm devices can be found in the following standards: 

EN 60825-1 Radiation safety of laser devices, identical to IEC 825 and DIN-VDE 0837 

DIN EN 54 

Fire alarm systems 

DIN 54113-2 Radiation protection regulations for the technical operation of X-ray equipment up to 500 kV 

Further technical information can be found on our website at www.pfannenberg.com 

39


All-round flashing lights 14 Joules 

PMF 2020 / PMF 2015 

• extremely bright due to 14 Joules total fl ash energy of the impulse 

group and light bundling with fesnel lens, low power consumption 

(energy-saving) 

• choice of three different fl ash combinations with fast fl ash rate 

(PMF 2015: two fl ash combinations) 

• extremely reliable and durable due to the use of state-of-the-art 

electronic components – no replacement of mechanical or electrical 

wearing parts necessary 

• large variety of mounting methods – direct or using a bracket 

• exchangeable due to broadly used drilling template 

• extremely reliable and durable: fi t it and forget it! 

• especially suitable for cranes and fl oor conveyors 

r = 

22 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 55 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 30 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

• highest mechanical stability, shock tested as per DIN EN 60069-2-29 

(PMF 2020, GL approval is standard) 

• fl ash tube additionally secured by a steel clamp 

Electrical data PMF 2020 PMF 2015 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 110 V AC 24 V DC 12 V DC 230 V AC 110 V AC 24 V DC 12 V DC 

Rated frequency 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 

Operating range 195 – 253 V 90 – 135 V 18 – 30 V 11 – 15 V 195 – 253 V 90 – 135 V 18 – 30 V 11 – 15 V 

Nominal current 

4 flashes 0.08 A 0.14 A 0.75 A 1.1 A 0.07 A 0.14 A 0.6 A 1.1 A 

consumption 

2 flashes 0.09 A 0.15 A 0.8 A 1.15 A 0.08 A 0.16 A 0.65 A 1.2 A 

single flash 0.14 A 0.23 A 1.0 A 1.35 A 

Mechanical data PMF 2020 PMF 2015 

Operating mode quad, double, single fl ash quad, double fl ash 

Flash energy of the main flash 7 Joules (12 V: 5 Joules) 7 Joules 


Lens colours 


Lens type 


Beam angle 

vertical approx. 16° 









Material 

lens 


housing 


Cable entry for bracket mounting M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 for cables 6.5 - 13.5 mm 


Weight 

bracket mounting 

AC: 1.1 kg / DC: 1.2 kg 


AC: 0.6 kg / DC: 0.7 kg 

40 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 




120° 

M20 x 1.5 

75 

170.5 

Ø 130 

Ø 177 

8.5 

45 

185 


Ø 5.5 

Ø 130 

120° 



depending on 

cable entry 


4 

45 

Ø 5.5 

10 

Ø 5.5 

90 

50 

163 

50 

Two different drilling templates are available for fi xing the light (direct 

mounting). M5 x 8 threaded bushes are set into the base of the light for fi xing 

according to drilling template 1. Drilling template 2 allows the light to be fi xed 

using 4 through bolts or similar from above. 

Flash rate 

PMF 2020 PMF 2020 / PMF 2015 

Energy 

single flash [J] 

7 

single flash 

240 flashes/min. 

pulse duration 0.25 s 

Energy 


7 

4 fl ashes 

120 fl ashes/min. 


Energy 

single fl ash [J] 

7 

2 fl ashes 



3,5 

3,5 

3,5 

1 2 3 4 t [s] 

1 2 3 4 t [s] 

1 2 3 4 t [s] 


Article numbers 

PMF 2020 

direct mounting GL 

PMF 2020 

bracket mounting GL 

PMF 2015 


PMF 2015 

bracket mounting 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 

amber 21009104001 21009804001 21009104011 21009804011 21007104000 21007804000 21007104010 21007804010 

red 21009105001 21009805001 21009105011 21009805011 21007105000 21007805000 21007105010 21007805010 



GOST 

GL 








DIN EN 54 




41


Flashing alarm lights 15 Joules 

ABL/ABS 

• the powerful fl ashing light in a metal housing 

• designed for alarm functions outdoors and in large halls and plants 

• also available with GL approval 

• housing and fi xing bracket made of sturdy anodised aluminium 

• aggressive environmental conditions or driving rain cannot 

damage the light 

• impact-proof lens 

• ideally suited for tough industrial environments 


r = 

23 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 54 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 30 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data AC ABL 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 127 V AC 110 V AC 48 V AC 42 V AC 24 V AC 

Rated frequency 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 

Operating range 185 V – 255 V 108 V – 140 V 95 V – 127 V 40 V – 54 V 35 V – 50 V 20 V – 30 V 

Nominal current consumption 0.18 A 0.25 A 0.33 A 0.69 A 0.78 A 1.29 A 

Electrical data DC ABS 

Rated voltage 60 V DC 48 V DC 36 V DC 24 V DC 12 V DC 

Operating range 50 V – 72 V 40 V – 60 V 29 V – 43 V 18 V – 30 V 10 V – 15 V 

Nominal current consumption 0.26 A 0.35 A 0.55 A 0.70 A 1.50 A 

Mechanical data ABL ABS 

Flash rate 

1 Hz = 60 fl ashes/min. 

Flash energy 

15 Joules 


Lens colours 

clear, white, yellow, amber, red, green, blue 








lens 


Material 

housing 

aluminium (Al Mg Si 1), yellow anodised 

base 

polycarbonate (PC) with fi bre glass 

Cable entry M20 x 1.5 


Weight 

AC version 

650 g 

DC version 

800 g 

42 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

242 


Ø 80 

Ø 6.5 

40 

84 

50 

6.5 

M20 x 1.5 


Article numbers ABL ABS 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 110 V AC 24 V DC 

yellow 210 01 10 3 000 210 01 16 3 000 210 01 80 3 000 

amber 210 01 10 4 000 210 01 16 4 000 210 01 80 4 000 

red 210 01 10 5 000 210 01 16 5 000 210 01 80 5 000 



30 45 

GOST 

GL 








DIN EN 54 




43


SPECTRA series flashing lights 15 Joules 

P 400 STR / P 400 STS ( 140 mm) 

• powerful fl ashing alarm light for universal use 

• large variety of mounting methods due to modular design principle: 

– surface-mounted devices for mounting directly or on a wall bracket 

or a tubular stand 

– also for exposed installation locations through combination of wall 

bracket and tubular stand 

– cable entry at the side (2 x) or through the base of the housing 

• durable, sturdy and functionally reliable due to the use of 

high-quality plastic 

• optimum illumination due to prismatic coloured lens 

r = 

20 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 65 

Protection 

system 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

• electronic components mechanically protected for highest 

mounting security 

• attracts maximum attention due to adjustable fl ash rates 

• also available in a synchronised version (STS) 

Electrical data P 400 STR P 400 STS 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 12 / 24 V AC/DC 230 V AC 115 V AC 12 / 24 V AC/DC 

Rated frequency 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz / DC 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz / DC 

Operating range 207 V – 253 V 100 V – 130 V 20 V – 28 V 207 V – 253 V 100 V – 130 V 20 V – 28 V 

Nominal current consumption 225 mA 400 mA 870 mA 225 mA 400 mA 870 mA 

Mechanical data P 400 STR P 400 STS 

Operating mode 3 flashing modes selectable on the device synchronised fl ashing light 

Light source xenon fl ash tube xenon fl ash tube 

mode 1 double flash 15 J + 10 J @ 0.75 Hz 15 Joules @ 1 Hz 

Flash energy 

mode 2 

single fl ash 15J @ 1 Hz 

mode 3 triple flash 15 J + 10 J + 10 J @ 0.5 Hz 


Lens colours 

clear, yellow, amber, red, green, blue 

Lens type 

prismatic 


Relative humidity 90 % @ + 20 °C 

Protection system according to EN 60529 IP 65 

Service life of the flash tube 

light emission still 70 % after 5,000,000 fl ashes 

Material 


Design 

bayonet with anti-tamper locking screw 

Mounting 

surface mounting (wall bracket and tubular stand available as accessories) 

Cable entry 1 x 5-7 mm push through grommet (bottom side); 2 x M20 cable entries (sideways) 

Connecting terminals screw terminals 1.5 mm 2 

Weight 

AC version 

632 g 

DC version 

696 g 

44 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Cable entry 

Ø 5-7 mm 

120° 

Mounting holes 

3 x Ø 5.4 mm 

220 

Cable entry 

2 x M20 

25° 

Ø 110 


47 

20 

85° 

Ø 140 

120° 


Article numbers P 400 STR P 400 STS 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 12/24 V AC/DC 230 V AC 115 V AC 12/24 V AC/DC 

yellow 213 44 10 3 000 213 44 15 3 000 213 44 40 3 000 213 45 10 3 000 213 45 15 3 000 213 45 40 3 000 

amber 213 44 10 4 000 213 44 15 4 000 213 44 40 4 000 213 45 10 4 000 213 45 15 4 000 213 45 40 4 000 

red 213 44 10 5 000 213 44 15 5 000 213 44 40 5 000 213 45 10 5 000 213 45 15 5 000 213 45 40 5 000 



Wall 

bracket 

Tubular 

stand 

145 mm 

Wall 

holder 

only in 

combination 

with tubular 

stand 

See pages 120/121 for 

further information 

Article number: 

213 94 00 0 000 


213 95 00 0 000 


282 50 20 0 000 








DIN EN 54 




45


Flashing lights 13 Joules 

Quadro F12 / Quadro S 

Quadro F12 

• industrial successor to the legendary Eiffel Tower light 

• design adapted to suit industrial requirements; mounted via 

concealed interior holes or external lugs; fast, fl exible and secure 

• outstanding mechanical strength with IP 66, IP 67 and IK 08; 

• whether in the open air, in a hailstorm or when high pressure 

cleaning systems are used, the Quadro stays sealed and signals 

reliably 

Quadro S 

• automatic synchronised fl ashing light 

• a maximum of 10 fl ashing lights can be operated parallel and 

synchronously an unlimited time period; i.e. the fl ashes of all lights 

are generated simultaneously 

r = 

19 m 

IP 66 

IP 67 

IK 08 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

Sync 

I 

lim 

t 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Protection 

system 

Impact-proof 

housing 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data Quadro F12 Quadro S 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 

Rated frequency 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 

Operating range 195 V – 253 V 95 V – 127 V 18 V – 30 V 195 V – 253 V 

Nominal current consumption 250 mA 340 mA 700 mA 250 mA 

Initial current limited to < 7 A / 150 μs < 7 A / 150 μs < 5 A / 2 ms < 1 A / 50 ms 

Mechanical data Quadro F12 Quadro S 

Flash rate 


Flash energy 

13 Joules 


Lens colours 




Relative humidity 100 % 


IP 66, IP 67, mounting arbitrary 

Impact resistance as per EN 50102 IK 08 

Protection class 

II 



Material 

lens 


housing polycarbonate (PC), RAL 7035 

Cable entry 2 x M20 bottom side / 2 x M20/M32 sideways 2 x M20 sideways 

Connecting terminals cage clamp terminal 0.08 - 2.5 mm 2 

Mounting 

external lugs 

113 x 153 mm – M5 or 127.1 x 127.1 mm – M5 

internal holes 113 x 113 mm 

Weight 

600 g 

46 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Quadro F12 

Quadro S 

25 

25 

130 

80 

130 

80 


47 

130 

2 x M20/M32 

prepared 

130 

Mounting screws 

e.g. 4 x M4 x 20 

113 

130 

2 x M20 

prepared 

37 

113 


Mounting holes Ø 4.5 

Blanking plug 

M20 x 1.5 

113 

Cable gland 

M20 x 1.5 


Article numbers Quadro F12 Quadro S 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 

clear 210 41 10 1 000 210 41 16 1 000 210 41 80 1 000 210 42 10 1 000 

yellow 210 41 10 3 000 210 41 16 3 000 210 41 80 3 000 210 42 10 3 000 

amber 210 41 10 4 000 210 41 16 4 000 210 41 80 4 000 210 42 10 4 000 

red 210 41 10 5 000 210 41 16 5 000 210 41 80 5 000 210 42 10 5 000 



GOST 








DIN EN 54 




47


Flashing light 10 Joules 

PB 2010 

A beautiful classic fl ashing light for indoors and outdoors 

• high reliability and long service life due to full on-board electronics 

• large variety of mounting methods – cable entry at the side or 

through the base of the housing 

• extremely safe and reliable 

• increased dispersion of light due to micro-prisms in the surface 

of the lens 

• capable of being integrated in any application thanks to the 

pyramid design 


r = 

17 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 55 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 30 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data AC PB 2010 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 110 V AC 42 V AC 24 V AC 



Nominal current consumption 0.14 A 0.23 A 0.72 A 1.50 A 

Electrical data DC PB 2010 

Rated voltage 80 V DC 60 V DC 48 V DC 36 V DC 24 V DC 12 V DC 



Mechanical data PB 2010 

Flash rate 


Flash energy 

10 Joules 


Lens colours 






IP 55 (if mounted vertically/horizontally) 



lens 


Material 

housing ABS, light grey, similar to RAL 7035 (optionally graphite grey RAL 7024) 

base ABS, light grey, similar to RAL 7035 (optionally graphite grey RAL 7024) 

Cable entry M20 x 1.5, either at the side or underneath 


Weight 

AC version 

DC version 

340 g 

400 g 

48 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

2.5 

7 

49 

128 


111.2 


125 ±0.1 

Ø max. 6.2 

28 -0,5 

M20 

Ø max. 6.2 

85 ±0.1 

Ø max. 6.2 


Article numbers PB 2010 


yellow 210 30 10 3 000 210 30 16 3 000 210 30 80 3 000 

amber 210 30 10 4 000 210 30 16 4 000 210 30 80 4 000 

red 210 30 10 5 000 210 30 16 5 000 210 30 80 5 000 


PB 2010 with GL approval 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 24 V DC 

yellow 210 30 10 3 001 210 30 80 3 001 

amber 210 30 10 4 001 210 30 80 4 001 

red 210 30 10 5 001 210 30 80 5 001 



30 120 

GOST 

GL 








DIN EN 54 




49


Multiple flashing light 5 Joules 

PMB 2010 



• large variety of mounting methods – cable entry at the side or 

through the base of the housing 


• choice of three different flash combinations with fast fl ash rate – 

draws increased attention 

• various fl ash combinations can be controlled externally (for 24 V DC) 

• very bright due to up to 10 Joules total fl ash energy of the pulse 

group 

r = 

11 m 

IP 55 

+ 55 °C 

- 30 °C 


of the lens 


Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data PMB 2010 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 110 V AC 24 V DC 48 V DC 

Rated frequency 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 



see fl ash rate table 

Mechanical data PMB 2010 

Operating mode quad fl ash double fl ash single fl ash 

Flash rate 120 fl ashes/min. 120 fl ashes/min. 240 fl ashes/min. 

Total flash energy 

up to 10 Joules 


Lens colours 










Material 

lens 


housing and base ABS, light grey, similar to RAL 7035 (optionally graphite grey RAL 7024) 



Weight 

AC version 

305 g 

DC version 

360 g 

Flash rate 

Current consumption 

230V AC: 0,055 A 

110V AC: 0.13 A 

48V DC: 0,22 A 

24V DC: 0,45 A 

5 

Quad flash Double flash Single flash 

Energy 


Current consumption Energy 

Current consumption 

230V AC: 0,06 A single fl ash [J] 

230V AC: 0.09 A 

110V AC: 0.14 A 

110V AC: 0,22 A 

48V DC: 0.25 A 

48V DC: 0,35 A 

24V DC: 0,5 A 5 

24V DC: 0.7 A 5 

Energy 

single fl ash [J] 

2,5 

2,5 

2,5 

1 2 3 4 t [s] 

1 2 3 4 t [s] 

1 2 3 4 t [s] 

50 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

2.5 

7 

49 

127 


166.2 111.2 


125 ±0.1 

Ø max. 6.2 

28 -0,5 

M20 

Ø max. 6.2 

85 ±0.1 

Ø max. 6.2 


Article numbers PMB 2010 


yellow 210 06 10 3 000 210 06 80 3 000 

amber 210 06 10 4 000 210 06 80 4 000 

red 210 06 10 5 000 210 06 80 5 000 



GOST 

GL 








DIN EN 54 




51



PB 2005 



• large variety of mounting methods – cable entry at the side 

or through the base of the housing 



of the lens 

• capable of being integrated in any application thanks to the 

pyramid design 


r = 

11 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 55 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 30 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data AC PB 2005 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 127 V AC 110 V AC 48 V AC 42 V AC 24 V AC 12 V AC 

Rated frequency 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 

Operating range 185 V – 255 V 110 – 148 V 90 V – 135 V 40 V – 54 V 35 V – 50 V 20 V – 30 V 9 V – 15 V 

Nominal current consumption 0.070 A 0.115 A 0.100 A 0.470 A 0.500 A 0.770 A 0.990 A 

Electrical data DC PB 2005 




Mechanical data PB 2005 

Flash rate 


Flash energy 

5 Joules 


Lens colours 









lens 


Material 

housing ABS, light grey, similar to RAL 7035 (optionally graphite grey RAL 7024) 

base ABS, light grey, similar to RAL 7035 (optionally graphite grey RAL 7024) 



Weight 

AC version 

DC version 

275 g 

310 g 

52 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

2.5 

7 

49 

128 


166.2 111.2 


125 ±0.1 

Ø max. 6.2 

28 -0,5 

M20 

Ø max. 6.2 

85 ±0.1 

Ø max. 6.2 


Article numbers PB 2005 


yellow 210 25 10 3 000 210 25 16 3 000 210 25 80 3 000 

amber 210 25 10 4 000 210 25 16 4 000 210 25 80 4 000 

red 210 25 10 5 000 210 25 16 5 000 210 25 80 5 000 


PB 2005 with GL approval 


yellow 210 25 10 3 001 210 25 80 3 001 

amber 210 25 10 4 001 210 25 80 4 001 

red 210 25 10 5 001 210 25 80 5 001 



30 120 

GOST 

GL 








DIN EN 54 




53


MARINE series flashing lights 10 / 5 Joules 

PMB 010 / PMB 005 

• very sturdy beacons especially for outdoor use 

• with stainless steel protective cage as standard 

• extreme resistance to vibration and shock due to additional mechanical 

securing of the fl ash tube 

• lights can be operated in synchronised or alternating mode 

r = 

17 m 

r = 

11 m 

IP 66 

IP 67 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

Range as 

per EN 54 

(PMB 010) 

Range as 

per EN 54 

(PMB 005) 

Protection 

system 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 


Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 48 V DC 24 V DC 12 V DC 


Operating range ± 10 % ± 10 % 42 V – 54 V 20 V – 28 V 10 V – 14 V 

Nominal current consumption 125 mA 250 mA 340 mA 660 mA 1145 mA 






Mechanical data PMB 010 PMB 005 

Operating mode automatic synchronised fl ash or alternating mode (see illustration on page 55) 

Flash rate 


Flash energy 10 Joules 5 Joules 

Light intensity (DIN 5037) clear lens 118 cd 44 cd 

Lens colours 





Protection system according to EN 60529 IP 66, IP 67 

lens 

borosilicate glass 

Material 

protective cage 

stainless steel 

housing 

UL 94 VO & 5VA classifi ed ABS 

Housing colour grey (RAL 7038) 

Cable entry 

2 x M20 (with 1 blanking plug) 

Connecting terminals 0.5 – 4.0 mm 2 

Weight 

1.48 kg 

54 

www.pfannenberg.com


Operation modes 

Synchronised flash 

Alternating mode 


Dimensions 

230.4 170.6 

160 

30 

30 

166 


3 x Ø 7 


Article numbers PMB 010 PMB 005 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V DC 

yellow 213 06 10 3 000 213 06 15 3 000 213 06 80 3 000 213 05 10 3 000 213 05 15 3 000 213 05 80 3 000 

amber 213 06 10 4 000 213 06 15 4 000 213 06 80 4 000 213 05 10 4 000 213 05 15 4 000 213 05 80 4 000 

red 213 06 10 5 000 213 06 15 5 000 213 06 80 5 000 213 05 10 5 000 213 05 15 5 000 213 05 80 5 000 










DIN EN 54 




55


Flashing warning lights 5 Joules 

WBL/WBS / WBL-PX 

• the classics of fl ashing lights 

• sturdy metal housing 

• universally usable 



• aggressive environmental conditions or driving rain cannot 

damage the light 




r = 

11 m 

IP 54 

+ 55 °C 

- 30 °C 

I 

lim 

t 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

WBL-PX 

Electrical data AC WBL 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 110 V AC 48 V AC 42 V AC 24 V AC 

Rated frequency 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 


Nominal current consumption 0.070 A 0.100 A 0.470 A 0.500 A 0.770 A 

Electrical data DC WBS 




Electrical data 

Rated voltage 




Initial current limited to 

WBL-PX 

230 V AC 

50 Hz / 60 Hz 

185 V – 255 V 

0.055 A 

≤ 6 A / 110 μs 

Mechanical data WBL WBS WBL-PX 

Flash rate 


Flash energy 

5 Joules 


Lens colours 









lens 


Material 

housing 


base 



Connecting terminals single wire 0.5 = 2.5 mm 2 , fi ne wire 0.5 = 1.5 mm 2 , with wire end ferrules DIN 46228/1 

Weight 

AC version 260 g 260 g 

DC version 

300 g 

56 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Ø 54 

64 

200 


Ø 6.5 

30 

36 

50 

M20 


Article numbers WBL WBS 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 110 V AC 60 V DC 24 V DC 

yellow 210 03 10 3 000 210 03 16 3 000 210 03 65 3 000 210 03 80 3 000 

amber 210 03 10 4 000 210 03 16 4 000 210 03 65 4 000 210 03 80 4 000 

red 210 03 10 5 000 210 03 16 5 000 210 03 65 5 000 210 03 80 5 000 


WBL-PX 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 

yellow 210 03 10 3 175 



30 90 120 

I 

lim 

t 

GOST 

GL 








DIN EN 54 




57



WBLR/WBSR 

• visual alarm in compact plastic housing 

• especially suitable for outdoor applications due to high 

protection system 

• mounting via concealed interior holes 

• safe mounting without breaching IP protection 

• flash tube additionally secured by a steel clamp 

r = 

11 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 65 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 30 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data AC WBLR 





Electrical data DC WBSR 




Mechanical data WBLR WBSR 

Flash rate 


Flash energy 

5 Joules 


Lens colours 








Material 

lens 

polycarbonate 

housing ABS, light grey, similar to RAL 7035 



Weight 

AC version 

290 g 

DC version 

300 g 

58 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Ø 54 

80 

144 


M20 x 1.5 

120 

37 

50 

85 

M20 x 1.5 


50 

Ø 4.1 

108 


Article numbers WBLR WBSR 


yellow 210 04 10 3 000 210 04 16 3 000 210 04 80 3 000 

amber 210 04 10 4 000 210 04 16 4 000 210 04 80 4 000 

red 210 04 10 5 000 210 04 16 5 000 210 04 80 5 000 



30 90 120 

GOST 

GL 








DIN EN 54 




59


SPECTRA series flashing lights 5 Joules 

P 300 STR / P 300 STS / P 300 STF (Ø 100 mm) 

• flashing warning light for universal use 






– cable entry at the side or through the base of the housing 




r = 

10 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 65 

Protection 

system 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

• electronic components mechanically protected for highest mounting 

security 

• also available in a synchronised version (STS) or with adjustable 

fl ash frequency (STF) 

Electrical data AC P 300 STR P 300 STS 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 230 V AC 115 V AC 


Operating range 207 V – 253 V 100 V – 130 V 207 V – 253 V 100 V – 130 V 


Electrical data AC/DC P 300 STR P 300 STS P 300 STF 

Rated voltage 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 


Nominal current consumption 250 mA / 300 mA 250 mA / 300 mA 500 mA / 600 mA 250 mA / 300 mA 

Mechanical data P 300 STR P 300 STS P 300 STF 

Operating mode flashing light synchronised fl ashing light multi-frequency fl ashing light 

Light source xenon fl ash tube xenon fl ash tube xenon fl ash tube 

Flash energy 5 Joules @ 1 Hz 5 Joules @ 1 Hz 5 Joules @ 1 Hz or 2 Hz 


Lens colours 


Lens type 

prismatic 





Material 

polycarbonate (PC), UL 94 VO f1 

Design 


Mounting 


Cable entry 1 x 5-7 mm push through grommet (bottom side); 1 x M20 cable entry (sideways) 


Weight 


DC version 325 g 325 g 

60 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 



150 

Cable entry 

M20 

27 

55 


Cable entry 

Ø 5-7mm 

20 

27.5 

45° 

60° 

Ø 100 


Article numbers AC P 300 STR P 300 STS 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 230 V AC 115 V AC 

yellow 213 34 10 3 000 213 34 15 3 000 213 35 10 3 000 213 35 15 3 000 

amber 213 34 10 4 000 213 34 15 4 000 213 35 10 4 000 213 35 15 4 000 

red 213 34 10 5 000 213 34 15 5 000 213 35 10 5 000 213 35 15 5 000 

Article numbers AC/DC P 300 STR P 300 STS P 300 STF 

Lens colour Rated voltage 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 

yellow 213 34 40 3 000 213 35 40 3 000 213 36 41 3 000 213 36 40 3 000 

amber 213 34 40 4 000 213 35 40 4 000 213 36 41 4 000 213 36 40 4 000 

red 213 34 40 5 000 213 35 40 5 000 213 36 41 5 000 213 36 40 5 000 



Wall 

bracket 

Tubular 

stand 


Wall 

holder 

only in 

combination 

with tubular 

stand 




213 92 00 0 000 


213 93 00 0 000 


282 50 20 0 000 

The visual characteristics of flashing lights conform to the European standard DIN EN 842 

‘Machine safety – visual alarm signals’. 

Requirements contained in the DIN EN 981 standard: 

‘Machine safety – system of acoustic and visual alarm and information signals’, can be fulfilled. 





DIN EN 54 




61


Compact flashing light 5 Joules 

PL 105 

• the small fl ashing light fi ts many applications without being 

too bulky 

• mounting methods: internal hole mounting or via external lugs 


• pole-reversal protection in the DC version 

Also available 

• as a continuous light/blinking light with LED, externally switchable 

via voltage input (see page 86) 

• housing colours: red, white (available as an option) 

r = 

11 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 56 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data AC PL 105 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 24 V DC 


50 Hz / 60 Hz 

Operating range 207 V – 253 V 20 V – 28 V 

Nominal current consumption 35 mA 250 mA 

Mechanical data PL 105 

Flash rate 


Flash energy 

5 Joules 


Lens colours 




Relative humidity max. 90 % 




Material 

lens 


housing ABS, fl ame retardant, UL 94 VO 

Cable entry diaphragm nipple M20 x 1.5 

Connecting terminals screw terminals 0.5 = 2.5 mm 2 

Weight 

200 g 

62 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

PL105 without lugs 

PL105 with lugs 

86 83 

86 

86 

Ø 6 mm 


98 


Article numbers PL105 without lugs (red) PL105 with lugs (red) 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 

yellow 213 01 10 3 000 213 01 80 3 000 213 01 10 3 010 213 01 80 3 010 

amber 213 01 10 4 000 213 01 80 4 000 213 01 10 4 010 213 01 80 4 010 

red 213 01 10 5 000 213 01 80 5 000 213 01 10 5 010 213 01 80 5 010 


PL105 UL with lugs (red) 


yellow 213 01 16 3 002 

amber 213 01 16 4 002 

red 213 01 16 5 002 



GOST 


The visual characteristics of flashing lights conform to the European standard DIN EN 842 ‘Machine safety – visual alarm signals’. 






DIN EN 54 




63


Flashing warning light 5 Joules 

KBL 

• stable metal housing with impact-proof lens 

• sturdy construction, hence suitable for many industrial applications 

• extremely resistant to vibration and shock due to additional protection 

of the endangered components 

r = 

11 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 54 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 30 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data AC KBL 





Electrical data DC KBL 




Mechanical data 

KBL 

Flash rate 


Flash energy 

5 Joules 


Lens colours 









lens 


Material 

housing 

aluminium (Al Mg Si 1), yellow 

base 


Cable entry 

M20 x 1.5 push through grommet 


Weight 

AC version 

260 g 

DC version 

300 g 

64 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

190 


84 

50 

Ø 80 

Ø 6.5 

40 

92 

diaphragm 

nipple 



KBL 


yellow 210 02 10 3 000 210 02 80 3 000 

amber 210 02 10 4 000 210 02 80 4 000 

red 210 02 10 5 000 210 02 80 5 000 



GOST 








DIN EN 54 




65


Flashing warning lights 2.5 Joules 

DWBL/DWBS 

• flashing light for direct installation at the workstation 

• no dazzle – but secure alarm function 





r = 

5 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 54 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 30 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data AC DWBL 





Electrical data DC DWBS 



Nominal current consumption 0.270 A 0.150 A 0.100 A 0.070 A 0.067 A 

Mechanical data DWBL DWBS 

Flash rate 


Flash energy 

2.5 Joules 


Lens colours 









lens 


Material 

housing 


base 



Connecting terminals 

single wire 0.5 = 2.5 mm 2 , fi ne wire 0.5 = 1.5 mm 2 , with cable end sleeves 

Weight 

AC version 

270 g 

DC version 

300 g 

66 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Ø 54 

64 

200 


Ø 6.5 

30 

36 

50 

M20 


Article numbers DWBL DWBS 


yellow 210 05 10 3 000 210 05 16 3 000 210 05 80 3 000 

amber 210 05 10 4 000 210 05 16 4 000 210 05 80 4 000 

red 210 05 10 5 000 210 05 16 5 000 210 05 80 5 000 



30 90 120 

GOST 

GL 








DIN EN 54 




67


SPECTRA series compact flashing lights 1 Joules 

P 200 STR / P 100 STR (Ø 60 mm) 

• compact fl ashing light series, also for use where space is limited 


– panel-mounted devices with convenient plug contact (P 100) 


or a tubular stand (P 200) 




• also for exposed installation locations by combining wall bracket and 

tubular stand 

r = 

2 m 

IP 65 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 

• high IP protection in any installation position 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data P 200 STR P 100 STR 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 12 / 24 V AC/DC 230 V AC 115 V AC 12 / 24 V AC/DC 

Rated frequency 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz / DC 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz / DC 



135 mA 

@ 24 V DC 

20 mA 30 mA 

135 mA 

@ 24 V DC 

Mechanical data P 200 STR P 100 STR 

Operating mode 

Light source 

Flash energy 

fl ashing light 


1 Joules @ 0.75 Hz 


Lens colours 

Lens type 


prismatic 





Material 


Design 


Mounting 

surface mounting (wall bracket and tubular stand 

available as accessories) 

panel-mounting: Ø 27,5 mm (PG29) 

Connecting terminals screw terminals 1.5 mm 2 screw terminals 1.5 mm 2 , pluggable 

Weight 


DC version 84 g 100 g 

68 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

P 200 STR 

P 100 STR 

35.5 

65.5 


Ø 60 

Plug terminal 

connector 

Panel cut-out 

36 

37.5 

16 

Thread 

PG29 

25 

80 

Ø 60 

17.5 

36 



15 

Cable entry 



Article numbers P 200 STR P 100 STR 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 12/24 V AC/DC 230 V AC 115 V AC 12/24 V AC/DC 

yellow 213 24 10 3 000 213 24 15 3 000 213 24 89 3 000 213 14 10 3 000 213 14 15 3 000 213 14 89 3 000 

amber 213 24 10 4 000 213 24 15 4 000 213 24 89 4 000 213 14 10 4 000 213 14 15 4 000 213 14 89 4 000 

red 213 24 10 5 000 213 24 15 5 000 213 24 89 5 000 213 14 10 5 000 213 14 15 5 000 213 14 89 5 000 

Article numbers for other colours on request 


Wall 

bracket 

only for 

P 200 STR 

Tubular 

stand 


only for 

P 200 STR 

Wall 

holder 

only in 

combination 

with tubular 

stand 




213 90 00 0 000 


213 91 00 0 000 


282 50 20 0 000 








DIN EN 54 




69


SPECTRA series blinking lights 40 Watt 

P 400 FLF / P 400 FLH (Ø 140 mm) 

• powerful blinking light for universal use 

• optionally with halogen lamp or fi lament lamp 









P 400 FLF 

r = 

16 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

P 400 FLH 

r = 

18 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 65 

Protection 

system 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 

Operating 

temperature 



security 

• standard with on-site selectable blink frequency 

Electrical data P 400 FLF P 400 FLH 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V DC 



Nominal current consumption 118 mA 340 mA 1.14 A 178 mA 321 mA 2.05 A 

Capacity of light source 40 W 40 W 40 W 40 W 40 W 35 W 

Mechanical data P 400 FLF P 400 FLH 

Operating mode blinking light halogen blinking light 

Light source fi lament lamp E14 halogen lamp G6.35 / GY6.35 

Light power adjustable on the device 

40 W @ 0.5 Hz / 1 Hz / 2 Hz 35 W / 40 W @ 0.5 Hz / 1 Hz / 2 Hz 

3 blink frequencies – adjustable during installation 

Lens colours 


Lens type 

prismatic 




Material 


Design 


Mounting 


Cable entry 1 x 5-7 mm push through grommet (bottom side); 1 x M20 cable entry sideways 


Weight 

535 g 

70 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Cable entry 


120° 



220 

Cable entry 

2 x M20 

25° 

20 

58 


47 

85° 

Ø 140 

120° 


Article numbers P 400 FLF P 400 FLH 


yellow 213 41 10 3 000 213 41 15 3 000 213 41 80 3 000 213 43 10 3 000 213 43 15 3 000 213 43 80 3 000 

amber 213 41 10 4 000 213 41 15 4 000 213 41 80 4 000 213 43 10 4 000 213 43 15 4 000 213 43 80 4 000 

red 213 41 10 5 000 213 41 15 5 000 213 41 80 5 000 213 43 10 5 000 213 43 15 5 000 213 43 80 5 000 



Wall 

bracket 

Tubular 

stand 


Wall 

holder 

only in 

combination 

with tubular 

stand 




213 94 00 0 000 


213 95 00 0 000 


282 50 20 0 000 

Light source 








DIN EN 54 




71


SPECTRA series blinking lights 25 Watt 

P 300 FLF / P 300 FLH (Ø 100 mm) 

• blinking light for universal use 





– also for exposed installation locations through combination of 

wall bracket and tubular stand 




P 300 FLF 

r = 

10 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

P 300 FLH 

r = 

11 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 65 

Protection 

system 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 

Operating 

temperature 



security 

• with on-site selectable blink frequency as standard 

Electrical data P 300 FLF P 300 FLH 




Nominal current consumption 130 mA 255 mA 1.1 A 116 mA 208 mA 1 A 

Capacity of light source 25 W 25 W 25 W 25 W 25 W 20 W 

Mechanical data P 300 FLF P 300 FLH 

Operating mode blinking light halogen blinking light 


Light power adjustable on the device 

25 W @ 0.5 Hz / 1 Hz / 2 Hz 20 W / 25 W @ 0.5 Hz / 1 Hz / 2 Hz 

3 blink frequencies – adjustable during installation 

Lens colours 


Lens type 

prismatic 




Material 


Design 


Mounting 


Cable entry 1 x 5-7 mm push through grommet (bottom side); 1 x M20 cable entry sideways 


Weight 283 g 279 g 

72 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 



150 

Cable entry 

M20 

27 


Cable entry 


20 

27.5 

37 

60° 



Article numbers P 300 FLF P 300 FLH 


yellow 213 31 10 3 000 213 31 15 3 000 213 31 80 3 000 213 33 10 3 000 213 33 15 3 000 213 33 80 3 000 

amber 213 31 10 4 000 213 31 15 4 000 213 31 80 4 000 213 33 10 4 000 213 33 15 4 000 213 33 80 4 000 

red 213 31 10 5 000 213 31 15 5 000 213 31 80 5 000 213 33 10 5 000 213 33 15 5 000 213 33 80 5 000 



Wall 

bracket 

Tubular 

stand 


Wall 

holder 

only in 

combination 

with tubular 

stand 




213 92 00 0 000 


213 93 00 0 000 


282 50 20 0 000 

Light source 


The visual characteristics of blinking lights conform to the European standard DIN EN 842: ‘Machine safety – visual alarm signals’. 






DIN EN 54 




73


SPECTRA series compact blinking lights 5 Watt 

P 200 FLF / P 100 FLF (Ø 60 mm) 

• compact blinking light series, also for use where space is limited 









tubular stand 

r = 

2 m 

IP 65 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 


Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data P 200 FLF P 100 FLF 





Mechanical data P 200 FLF P 100 FLF 


Light source 

Light power 

Lens colours 

Lens type 

blinking light 

fi lament lamp BA9s 

5 W @ 1 Hz 


prismatic 




Material 


Design 


Mounting 



panel-mounting: Ø 37.5 mm (PG29) 



74 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

P 200 FLF 

P 100 FLF 

15 

25 

35.5 

65.5 


Ø 60 

Plug terminal 

connector 

Panel cut-out 

21.23 

37.5 

16 

Thread 

PG29 

25 

80 

Ø 60 

17.5 

36 



15 

Cable entry 



Article numbers P 200 FLF P 100 FLF 


yellow 213 21 10 3 000 213 21 15 3 000 213 21 80 3 000 213 11 10 3 000 213 11 15 3 000 213 11 80 3 000 

amber 213 21 10 4 000 213 21 15 4 000 213 21 80 4 000 213 11 10 4 000 213 11 15 4 000 213 11 80 4 000 

red 213 21 10 5 000 213 21 15 5 000 213 21 80 5 000 213 11 10 5 000 213 11 15 5 000 213 11 80 5 000 



Wall 

bracket 

only for 

P 200 FLF 

Tubular 

stand 


only for 

P 200 FLF 

Wall 

holder 

only in 

combination 

with tubular 

stand 




213 90 00 0 000 


213 91 00 0 000 


282 50 20 0 000 

Light source 


The visual characteristics of blinking lights conform to the European standard DIN EN 842: ‘Machine safety – visual alarm signals’. 






DIN EN 54 




75


LED multifunction light 

PMF-LED Flex 

r = 

9 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 55 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 30 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Multifunction light with the brightest LED technology 

• rotating mirror effect, extremely low power consumption 

• highly insensitive to vibration 

• maintenance-free service life exceeding 50,000 hrs 

• externally selectable operating mode - one device for 4 different 

alarms: 

– continuous light 

– blinking light 

– fl ashing light 

– rotating beacon effect without susceptible mechanics 

• inexpensive and fl exible; wide range power supplies as standard 

• 24 V AC/DC devices as standard with soft-start module 

• can be operated directly via 24 V transistor PLC output, 

no additional relay control necessary 

• long-life replacement for conventional rotating mirror lights 

Electrical data PMF-LED Flex 

Rated voltage 115 V AC 230 V AC 230 V DC 24 V AC/DC 

Operating range 95 V – 253 V AC 100 V – 350 V DC 10 V – 60 V DC 15 V – 40 V AC 

Current 

continuous light-mode 90 mA 60 mA 55 mA DC: 250 mA 

consumption 


PMF-LED Flex 

Operating mode continuous light blinking light fl ashing light rotating all-round light 

Flash frequency – main flash 1.5 Hz 1 Hz 2.5 Hz 

Light source 

8 x 2 LEDs (3 chip version) 


Lens colours 

amber, red, green, blue 

Lens type 


Beam angle 









Service life of light source 

> 50.000 hrs 

Material 

lens 


housing 


Cable entry bracket mounting M20 x 1.5 

Connecting terminals spring-type terminal 0.08 - 2.5 mm 2 

Weight 

direct mounting: 620 g / bracket mounting: 900 g 

Operation mode 

S1 

Selection via 

1 2 3 internal DIP switch 


OFF OFF ON all-round light 2.5 Hz 

OFF ON OFF continuous light 

OFF ON ON blinking light 1.5 Hz 

ON OFF OFF flashing light 1 Hz 

ON OFF ON all-round light 2.5 Hz 

ON ON OFF continuous light 

ON ON ON blinking light 1.5 Hz 

S1 - X1 - 

Selection via 

1 1 2 3 4 

external control 

(S1-2 = OFF, S1-3 = OFF) 

OFF -/N +/L OFF (standby) 

OFF -/N +/L +/L all-round light 2.5 Hz 

OFF -/N +/L +/L continuous light 

OFF -/N +/L +/L +/L blinking light 1.5 Hz 

ON -/N +/L fl ashing light 1 Hz 

ON -/N +/L +/L all-round light 2.5 Hz 

ON -/N +/L +/L continuous light 

ON -/N +/L +/L +/L blinking light 1.5 Hz 

S1 - X1 - Selection via 

1 1 2 3 4 BAV option 

(S1-2 = OFF, S1-3 = OFF) (24 V AC/DC only) 

OFF -/N +/L all-round light 2.5 Hz 

OFF -/N +/L continuous light 

OFF -/N +/L +/L blinking light 1.5 Hz 


ON -/N +/L all-round light 2.5 Hz 

ON -/N +/L continuous light 

ON -/N +/L +/L blinking light 1.5 Hz 

76 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 



LED Lights 

M20 x 1.5 

90 

50 

185 

75 

Ø 130 

Ø 177 

8.5 


6.5 4 

45 

Ø 5.5 

10 

170.5 

Drilling template 1 for M5 threaded bushing Drilling template 2 

120° 


depending on 

cable entry 

Ø 5.5 

Ø 130 

Ø 5.5 

120° 


depending on 

cable entry 

163 


Article numbers PMF-LED Flex direct mounting PMF-LED Flex bracket mounting 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V 24 V AC/DC 230 V 24 V AC/DC 

amber 211 51 64 4 006 211 51 63 4 006 211 51 64 4 007 211 51 63 4 007 

red 211 51 64 5 006 211 51 63 5 006 211 51 64 5 007 211 51 63 5 007 



The visual characteristics of LED lights conform to the European standard DIN EN 842: ‘Machine safety – visual alarm signals’. 






DIN EN 54 




77


SPECTRA series LED multifunction lights 

P 400 LDA (Ø 140 mm) / P 300 LDA (Ø 100 mm) 

• LED multifunction lights for extreme requirements 

• energy-saving and durable thanks to the use of maintenance-free 

LED technology 

• as standard with on-site selectable signalling mode (9 different modes) 

• externally switchable signaling mode (for DC versions only) 






P 400 LDA 

r = 

9 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

P 300 LDA 

r = 

7 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 65 

Protection 

system 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 

Operating 

temperature 





Electrical data P 400 LDA P 300 LDA 

Rated voltage 115 V AC 230 V AC 12 / 24 V DC 115 / 230 V AC 12 / 24 V DC 

Operating range 100 V – 130 V 207 V – 253 V 10 V – 50 V 90 V – 253 V 10 V – 50 V 

Nominal current consumption 140 mA 70 mA 400 mA @ 24 V DC 

90 mA @ 115 V AC 

50 mA @ 230 V AC 

Mechanical data P 400 LDA P 300 LDA 


LED multifunction light with 9 internally selectable operating modes 

Light source high output LED array 


Lens colours 

Lens type 

yellow, amber, red, green, blue 

prismatic 




Service life of light source > 50.000 hrs 

Material 

Design 

Mounting 

Cable entry 




1 x 5-7 mm push through grommet (bottom side); 2 x M20 cable entries sideways 


Weight 


DC version 845 g 285 g 

Operation modes Stage 1: internally selectable, stages 2 & 3 externally controllable (DC lights only) 

P 400 LDA 

P 300 LDA 

130 mA @ 24 V DC 

Mode Stage 1 Stage 2 (DC only) Stage 3 (DC only) Stage 1 Stage 2 (DC only) 

1 all LEDs on alternating fl ash 2 Hz double fl ash 2 Hz all LEDs on alternating fl ash 2 Hz 

2 rotation: slow “on” alternating fl ash 2 Hz all LEDs on rotation: slow “on” alternating fl ash 2 Hz 

3 single fl ash 2Hz rotation: fast “off” all LEDs on single fl ash 2 Hz rotation: fast “off” 

4 rotation: fast “on” single fl ash 2 Hz all LEDs on rotation: fast “on” single fl ash 2 Hz 

5 rotation: slow “off” double fl ash 1 Hz all LEDs on rotation: slow “off” double fl ash 1 Hz 

6 double fl ash 1 Hz rotation: fast “off” all LEDs on double fl ash 1 Hz rotation: fast “off” 

7 rotation: fast “off” double fl ash 2 Hz all LEDs on rotation: fast “off” double fl ash 2 Hz 

8 double fl ash 2 Hz alternating fl ash 2 Hz double fl ash 2 Hz alternating fl ash 2 Hz all LEDs on 

9 alternating fl ash 2 Hz rotation: schnell “off” alternating fl ash 2 Hz rotation: fast “off” all LEDs on 

78 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

P 400 LDA 

P 300 LDA 

220 

Cable entry 

2 x M20 

150 

Cable entry 

M20 

20 

20 

58 

37 

LED Lights 

Ø 140 


Cable entry 


120° 



27 



25° 

Ø 110 

Cable entry 


27.5 

55 

47 

85° 

120° 

45° 

60° 


Article numbers P 400 LDA P 300 LDA 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 12 / 24 V DC 115 / 230 V AC 12 / 24 V DC 

yellow 213 48 10 3 000 213 48 15 3 000 213 48 90 3 000 213 38 17 3 000 213 38 90 3 000 

amber 213 48 10 4 000 213 48 15 4 000 213 48 90 4 000 213 38 17 4 000 213 38 90 4 000 

red 213 48 10 5 000 213 48 16 5 000 213 48 90 5 000 213 38 17 5 000 213 38 90 5 000 



Wall 

bracket 

for 

P 400 

Wall 

bracket 

for 

P 300 

Tubular 

stand 


for 

P 400 

Tubular 

stand 


for 

P 300 

Wall 

holder 

only in 

combination 

with tubular 

stand 




213 94 00 0 000 


213 92 00 0 000 


213 95 00 0 000 


213 93 00 0 000 


282 50 20 0 000 








DIN EN 54 




79




• designed for tough requirements under industrial conditions 

• suitable for indoor and outdoor use 

• extremely insensitive to shock and vibration 

• internally and externally selectable operating mode as standard - one 

device for 4 different alarms: 




– rotating light (non-wearing) 


• can be operated directly via 24 V transistor PLC output, 


• inexpensive and fl exible; wide range power supplies as standard 

r = 

5 m 

IP 66 

IP 67 

IK 08 

+ 55 °C 

- 30 °C 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Protection 

system 

Impact-proof 

housing 

Operating 

temperature 



Rated voltage 115 / 230 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 

Rated frequency 50 Hz / 60 Hz / DC 50 Hz / 60 Hz / DC 


Current consumption in 

continuous light mode 


AC 95 V – 253 V 15 V – 40 V 

DC 100 V – 350 V 10 V – 60 V 

AC 115 V: < 90 mA 230 V: 60 mA 24 V: 420 mA 

DC 120 V: < 55 mA 220 V: 35 mA 24 V: 250 mA 


Operating mode (internally and 

externally selectable) 

continuous light blinking light fl ashing light rotating all-round light 

Light alternation frequency 1.5 Hz 1 Hz 2.5 Hz 

Light source 

LED; 8 x 2 LEDs (3 chip version) 


Lens colours 









II 


≥ 50.000 hrs 

Material 

lens 


housing polycarbonate (PC), grey RAL 7035 

Cable entry 

2 x M20/M32 sideways, 2 x M20 bottom side 

Connecting terminals spring-type terminal 0.08 – 2.5 mm 2 

Weight 

500 g 


S1 

Selection via 

1 2 3 internal DIP switch 









S1 - X1 - 

Selection via 

1 1 2 3 4 


(S1-2 = OFF, S1-3 = OFF) 









S1 - X1 - Selection via 

1 1 2 3 4 BAV option 

(S1-2 = OFF, S1-3 = OFF) (24 V AC/DC only) 

OFF -/N +/L all-round light 2.5 Hz 

OFF -/N +/L continuous light 

OFF -/N +/L +/L blinking light 1.5 Hz 


ON -/N +/L all-round light 2.5 Hz 

ON -/N +/L continuous light 

ON -/N +/L +/L blinking light 1.5 Hz 

80 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

130 

25 

80 

39 

37 

disruption 

prepared 

M20 

LED Lights 

113 

47 

Mounting screw 

e.g. M4 x 20 

disruption prepared 

M20/M32 

130 

113 

Mounting 

holes 




Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 

yellow 211 04 64 3 000 211 04 63 3 000 

amber 211 04 64 4 000 211 04 63 4 000 

red 211 04 64 5 000 211 04 63 5 000 



GOST 








DIN EN 54 




81


LED Continuous light 

PD 2100-LED 

Machine lights in an elegant pyramid design, equipped with LED light 

source for extremely long service life (> 50,000 hrs) 

• vibration/shock-resistant 

• low power consumption 

• minimised maintenance costs 

• non-compromising safety 

• outstanding illumination of the coloured lens due to scattering lens 

r = 

4 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 55 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

Operating 

temperature 



Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V AC/DC 

Rated frequency 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz / DC 

Operating range ± 10 % ± 10 % 


AC: 18 V – 27 V 

DC: 19 V – 30 V 

AC: 115 mA 

DC: 65 mA 



Light source 

LED 


Lens colours 








II 



> 50.000 hrs 

lens 


Material 


baseplate ABS, light grey, similar to RAL 7035 

Cable entry 

M20 x 1.5, either at the side or underneath 

Connecting terminals fi ne wire 0.14 – 2.5 mm 2 

Weight 

AC 

380 g 

AC/DC 

270 g 

82 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

2.5 

7 

49 

128 

LED Lights 

166.2 111.2 


125 ±0.1 

Ø max. 6.2 

28 -0,5 

M20 

Ø max. 6.2 

85 ±0.1 

Ø max. 6.2 




Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 24 V AC/DC 

clear 211 20 61 1 000 211 20 60 1 000 

yellow 211 20 61 3 000 211 20 60 3 000 

amber 211 20 61 4 000 211 20 60 4 000 

red 211 20 61 5 000 211 20 60 5 000 

green 211 20 61 6 000 211 20 60 6 000 

blue 211 20 61 7 000 211 20 60 7 000 


GOST 








DIN EN 54 




83


Marine series LED light 

PMBL 1 

• very sturdy beacons especially for outdoor use 

• with stainless steel protective cage as standard 

• 3-stage operation, externally controllable 

• total of 9 operating modes in continuous, fl ashing and rotating 

operation 

• extreme resistance to vibration and shock due to use of 


r = 

4 m 

IP 66 

IP 67 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data PMBL 1 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V AC 24 V DC 


Operating range ± 10 % ± 10 % ± 10 % 10 V – 50 V 


Mechanical data PMBL 1 


rotating light, fl ashing light, blinking light, continuous light 

Light source 

32 high output LEDs 

Lens colours 






lens 


Material 



housing 


Housing colour grey (RAL 7038) 

Cable entry 



Weight 

1.48 kg 

84 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

230.4 170.6 

160 

LED Lights 

30 

30 

3 x mounting holes Ø 7 

166 


Mode 

internal 

external 

stage 1 stage 2 stage 3 

1 all on 9 8 

2 rotation 3 LED fast “ON“ 7 1 


4 rotation 3 LED slow “ON“ 9 1 


Mode 

internal 

external 


6 double fl ash 1 Hz 9 1 

7 single fl ash 2 Hz 3 1 


9 alternating fl ash 1:1 2 Hz 3 1 


Article numbers PMBL 1 


amber 213 07 10 4 000 213 07 15 4 000 213 07 80 4 000 

red 213 07 10 5 000 213 07 15 5 000 213 07 80 5 000 









DIN EN 54 




85


LED continuous/blinking light 

PL 105-LED 

• the small LED light is suitable for many applications without being 

too bulky 

• mounting methods: internal hole mounting or via external lugs 


• pole-reversal protection in the DC version 

• continuous/blinking light functions externally switchable 

via voltage input 

Also available 

• as a flashing light (see page 62) 

• housing colours: red, white (available as an option) 

r = 

4 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 56 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

Operating 

temperature 


PL 105-LED 



50 Hz / 60 Hz 


Nominal current consumption 27 mA 100 mA 


PL 105-LED 


continuous or blinking light, externally controllable via voltage input 

Blinking frequency 

2 Hz = 120 blinks/min. 

Light source 



Lens colours 




Relative humidity max. 90 % 




> 50.000 hrs 

Material 

lens 


housing ABS, flame retardant, UL 94 VO 

Cable entry diaphragm nipple M20 x 1.5 

Connecting terminals screw terminals 0.5 = 2.5 mm 2 

Weight 

200 g 

86 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

PL105-LED without lugs 

PL105-LED with lugs 

86 83 86 

86 


LED Lights 

98 



PL105-LED 

without lugs 

PL105-LED 

with lugs 

Lens colour Rated voltage 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 

amber 213 02 80 4 000 213 02 10 4 010 213 02 80 4 010 

red 213 02 80 5 000 213 02 10 5 010 213 02 80 5 010 



GOST 








DIN EN 54 




87


SPECTRA series compact LED continuous lights 

P 200 LDA / P 100 LDA (Ø 60 mm) 

• compact LED light series, also for installation where space is limited 

• energy-saving and durable thanks to the use of maintenance-free 










tubular stand 

r = 

4 m 

IP 65 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 


Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data P 200 LDA P 100 LDA 

Rated voltage 115 / 230 V AC 12 / 24 V DC 115 / 230 V AC 12 / 24 V DC 




Mechanical data P 200 LDA P 100 LDA 


Light source 

Lens colours 

Lens type 

LED continuous light 


yellow, amber, red, green, blue 

prismatic 





Material 

> 50.000 hrs 


Design 


Mounting 






88 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

P 200 LDA 

P 100 LDA 

25 

35.5 

65.5 

LED Lights 

Ø 60 

Plug terminal 

connector 

Panel cut-out 

21.23 

37.5 

16 

Thread 

PG29 

25 

80 

Ø 60 

17.5 

36 



15 

Cable entry 



Article numbers P 200 LDA P 100 LDA 

Lens colour Rated voltage 115 / 230 V AC 12 / 24 V DC 115 / 230 V AC 12 / 24 V DC 

yellow 213 28 64 3 000 213 28 63 3 000 213 18 64 3 000 213 18 63 3 000 

amber 213 28 64 4 000 213 28 63 4 000 213 18 64 4 000 213 18 63 4 000 

red 213 28 64 5 000 213 28 63 5 000 213 18 64 5 000 213 18 63 5 000 



Wall 

bracket 

only for 

P 200 LDA 

Tubular 

stand 


only for 

P 200 LDA 

Wall 

holder 

only in 

combination 

with tubular 

stand 




213 90 00 0 000 


213 91 00 0 000 


282 50 20 0 000 


The visual characteristics of LED continuous lights conform to the European standard DIN EN 842: ‘Machine safety – visual alarm signals’. 






DIN EN 54 




89


Traffic light 

Quadro LED-TL 

• bright LED signal lights for traffi c light applications, e.g. for 

- traffi c routing in non-public areas 

- conveyer and storage systems 

- crane safety (see also ‘Regulations and standards for crane 

applications’, page 91) 

- container handling systems 

• extraordinary housing protection (IP 66, IK0 8 and UV-protected 

PC housing) and innovative LED technology provide for very bright 

signals, long service lives and reliable operation 

• mounted using external lugs or internal holes that do not impair the 

IP protection; mounting can be performed in any direction 

IP 66 

Protection 

system 

IK 08 

Impact-proof 

housing 

+ 55 °C 

- 30 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

• preassembled as traffi c light and ready to connect 

• also available as non-preassembled version 

• optionally with integrated light sensor for optimal adaptation to the 

ambient light (glare avoidance) 


Quadro LED-TL 

Rated voltage 115 / 230 V AC 24 V DC 


50 Hz / 60 Hz 


Max. current consumption 60 mA / 30 mA 1.06 A 


Quadro LED-TL 



Light source 

high output LED array 

Light intensity (DIN 5037) 

> 80 cd 

Lens colours 

red / yellow / green 





IP 66; IK 08 (EN 50102), mounting arbitrary 



> 50.000 hrs 

Material 

lens 

polycarbonate (PC), UV-resistant 

housing polycarbonate (PC), UV-resistant, RAL 7035 

Cable entry M20/M32 sideways, other imprints prepared 


Mounting 

external lugs or internal holes 

Weight 

1.32 kg 

90 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

green 

yellow 

red 

130 

LED Lights 

M20 x 1.5 

130 

396 



Quadro LED-TL 

Lens colour Rated voltage 115/230 V AC 24 V DC 

red / yellow / green 211 06 64 0 008 211 06 63 0 008 

Article numbers for other combinations upon request 


Twilight 

switch 

Optimum adaptation of 

the light intensity to the 

ambient light by means of 

integrated light sensor. 








DIN EN 54 



DIN-EN 13000:2004-09 

Cranes – truck-mounted 

cranes 

DIN-EN 14439:2006 

Safety – rotating tower 

cranes 

Regulations and standards for crane applications 

Visual warning to the driver (EN 842) in the 

case of 

Visual warning by the crane driver (EN 457) to 

persons in the vicinity in the case of 

Visual warning to the driver (EN 842) in the 

case of 

- approaching the load capacity (at 90 - 98.5 % of the permissible load capacity) 

- triggering of the overload safety system 

- overriding of the overload safety system 

- remote control – green, continuous light 

- anti-collision – white, blinking light 

- rotating (in some cases when required by local authorities) – 

green, blinking light 

- approaching the load capacity (at 90 - 95 % of the permissible load capacity) – 

yellow, continuous light 

- wind warning and alarm – yellow, blinking light and red, blinking light 


91


SPECTRA series traffic lights 

P 450 TLA (Ø 140 mm) / P 350 TLA (Ø 100 mm) 

P 450 LDA 

r = 

23 m 

P 350 LDA 

r = 

10.5m 

IP 65 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 

• signal lights for traffi c light applications 

• simple to combine for horizontal or vertical confi guration 

• convenient electrical connection of combined traffi c lights 

• safe and maintenance-free even under the infl uence of extreme 

vibration thanks to LED technology 

• clear signalling even in extremely bright surroundings thanks to the 

use of clear lenses 

• stable fi xing bracket for flexible alignment and mounting (optional) 

• durable, sturdy and functionally reliable due to the use of high-quality 

plastic 

• high signaling effect due to prismatic coloured lens 

• glare protection adjustable to suit local conditions 


• connecting piece for traffi c light combinations included 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data P 450 TLA P 350 TLA 

Rated voltage 115 / 230 V AC 12 / 24 V DC 115 / 230 V AC 12 / 24 V DC 


Nominal current consumption 15 - 40 mA 175 mA 10 - 40 mA 140 mA 

Mechanical data P 450 TLA P 350 TLA 


Light source 


high output LED array 

Light intensity (DIN 5037) 60 cd 45 cd 

Lens colour 






Material 

Design 

Mounting 

clear 



surface mounting (wall bracket available as accessory) 

Connecting terminals screw terminals 2 x 1.5 mm 2 screw terminals 2 x 1.5 mm 2 

Cable entry 

1 x 5-7 mm push through grommet (bottom side); 

2 x M20 cable entries sideways 

(incl. connecting piece) 

1 x 5-7 mm push through grommet; 

2 x M20 cable entry 



92 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

P 450 TLA 

P 350 TLA 

20 

37 

177 

140 

LED Lights 

57 

Ø 140 

20 

Cable entry 

2 x M20 


Cable entry 

M20 

55 

27 



120° 

27.5 

46.5 



Cable entry 


120° 

Ø 140 

Cable entry 


60° 

75° 

25° 

70° 


Article numbers P 450 TLA P 350 TLA 

Lens colour Rated voltage 115 / 230 V AC 12 / 24 V DC 115 / 230 V AC 12 / 24 V DC 

amber 213 55 64 4 000 213 55 63 4 000 213 52 64 4 000 213 52 63 4 000 

red 213 55 64 5 000 213 55 63 5 000 213 52 64 5 000 213 52 63 5 000 

green 213 55 64 6 000 213 55 63 6 000 213 52 64 6 000 213 52 63 6 000 


Wall 

bracket 

for single 

mounting 

P 450 

Wall 

bracket 

for single 

mounting 

P 350 

Wall 

bracketset 

for 

combinations 

of 2 or 3 

P 450 

Wall 

bracketset 

for 

combinations 

of 2 or 3 

P 350 




213 99 00 0 000 


213 98 00 0 000 


213 97 00 0 000 


213 96 00 0 000 


93


Continuous LED Panel Mount Indicator P 22 D 

Blinking LED Panel Mount Indicator P 22 DFS 

• indicator lamps for 22.5 mm mounting hole 

• guaranteed high protection class (IP 65) to the housing 

• superior shape, hence high signalling effect on all sides 

• optimum illumination through the use of multi-chip LED array 

• easy to mount labels holders available as accessories 

• simple electrical connection by means of screw terminals 

IP 65 

Protection 

system 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data P 22 D red / amber 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 48 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 


Electrical data P 22 D white / green / blue 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 48 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 



P 22 DFS 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 48 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 


15 – 30 mA 

Mechanical data P 22 D P 22 DFS 

Operating mode continuous light 1 Hz blinking light 

Light source LED array 

Lens colours white, amber, red, green, blue red 




IP 65 (to housing) 


Mounting 

panel-mounting: Ø 22.5 mm 


Weight 

90 g 

94 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Panel cut-out 

P 22 D 

Ø 29 

13 

39 

max. 7 

52 

39 

22.5 

LED Lights 

22 

P 22 DFS 

Ø 29 

13 

49 

max. 7 

49 

62 

22.5 

22 



P 22 D 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 48 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 

white 232 73 10 2 000 232 73 15 2 000 232 73 70 2 000 232 73 80 2 000 232 73 85 2 000 

amber 232 73 10 4 000 232 73 15 4 000 232 73 70 4 000 232 73 80 4 000 232 73 85 4 000 

red 232 73 10 5 000 232 73 15 5 000 232 73 70 5 000 232 73 80 5 000 232 73 85 5 000 

green 232 73 10 6 000 232 73 15 6 000 232 73 70 6 000 232 73 80 6 000 232 73 85 6 000 

blue 232 73 10 7 000 232 73 15 7 000 232 73 70 7 000 232 73 80 7 000 232 73 85 7 000 


P 22 DFS 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 48 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 

red 232 71 10 5 000 232 71 15 5 000 232 71 70 5 000 232 71 80 5 000 


Label 

holder 

25 x 10 mm 

Label 

holder 



232 92 00 0 000 


232 91 00 0 000 


95


SPECTRA Series status lights 

P 400 SLF / P 400 SLH (Ø 140 mm) 

• powerful status lights for universal use 










P 400 SLF 

P 400 SLH 


r = 

16 m 

r = 

18 m 

IP 65 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data P 400 SLF P 400 SLH 

Rated voltage 12 – 250 V * 12 – 250 V * 

Power consumption 40 W 12V/24V: 35 W / 115V/230V: 40W 

* Light source not included 

Mechanical data P 400 SLF P 400 SLH 

Operating mode continuous light halogen continuous light 


Light power 40 W 35 / 40 W 

Lens colours 


Lens type 

prismatic 




Material 


Design 


Mounting 


Cable entry 

1 x 5-7 mm push through grommet (bottom side); 2 x M20 cable entries sideways 


Weight 

510 g 

96 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

220 

Cable entry 

2 x M20 

Cable entry 


25° 

120° 



Ø 110 


47 

20 

58 

85° 

Ø 140 

120° 


Article numbers P 400 SLF P 400 SLH 

Lens colour Rated voltage 12 – 250 V * 12 – 250 V * 

clear 213 40 62 1 000 213 42 61 1 000 

yellow 213 40 62 3 000 213 42 61 3 000 

amber 213 40 62 4 000 213 42 61 4 000 

red 213 40 62 5 000 213 42 61 5 000 

green 213 40 62 6 000 213 42 61 6 000 

blue 213 40 62 7 000 213 42 61 7 000 

* Please order light bulb separately 


Wall 

bracket 

Tubular 

stand 


Wall 

holder 

only in 

combination 

with tubular 

stand 




213 94 00 0 000 


213 95 00 0 000 


282 50 20 0 000 

Light source 


The visual characteristics of continuous lights conform to the European standard DIN EN 842: ‘Machine safety – visual alarm signals’. 






DIN EN 54 




97


SPECTRA series status lights 

P 300 SLF / P 300 SLH (Ø 100 mm) 

• status lights for universal use 










P 300 SLF 

P 300 SLH 


r = 

6 m 

r = 

11 m 

IP 65 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data P 300 SLF P 300 SLH 


Power consumption 15 W 12V/24V: 20 W / 115V/230V: 25W 


Mechanical data P 300 SLF P 300 SLH 

Operating mode continuous light halogen continuous light 


Light power 15 W 20 / 25 W 

Lens colours 


Lens type 

prismatic 




Material 


Design 


Mounting 


Cable entry 

1 x 5-7 mm push through grommet (bottom side); 1 x M20 cable entry sideways 


Weight 

262 g 

98 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 



150 

Cable entry 

M20 

27 

55 


Cable entry 

Ø 5-7mm 

20 

27.5 

37 

45° 



Article numbers P 300 SLF P 300 SLH 


clear 213 30 62 1 000 213 32 61 1 000 

yellow 213 30 62 3 000 213 32 61 3 000 

amber 213 30 62 4 000 213 32 61 4 000 

red 213 30 62 5 000 213 32 61 5 000 

green 213 30 62 6 000 213 32 61 6 000 

blue 213 30 62 7 000 213 32 61 7 000 



Wall 

bracket 

Tubular 

stand 


Wall 

holder 

only in 

combination 

with tubular 

stand 




213 92 00 0 000 


213 93 00 0 000 


282 50 20 0 000 

Light source 








DIN EN 54 




99


Continuous lights 

KDL / PD 2100 

Status lights for universal use 

KDL 

• stable metal housing with impact-proof lens, suitable for many 

different industrial applications 

PD 2100 

• machine light in an elegant pyramid design 

KDL PD 2100 

r = 

10 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

r = 

6 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 


IP 54 

Protection 

system 

IP 55 

Protection 

system 

+ 32 °C 

- 40 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data KDL PD 2100 

Rated voltage max. 240 V max. 250 V 

Power consumption max. 25 W * max. 15 W * 


Mechanical data KDL PD 2100 


continuous light 

Light source fi lament lamp E14 BA15d, E14 

Light power max. 25 W max. 15 W 

Lens colours 





Protection system according to EN 60529 IP 54 (vertical) IP 55 (vertical/horizontal) 


lens 


Material 

ABS, light grey, similar to RAL 7035 

housing 

aluminium (Al Mg Si 1), yellow 

(optionally graphite grey RAL 7024) 

Cable entry M20 x 1.5 diaphragm nipple M20 x 1.5 either at the side or underneath 



www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 


84 

190 

2.5 

49 

128 


50 

Ø 80 

Ø 6.5 

40 

92 

Diaphragm 

nipple 

166 


Article numbers KDL PD 2100 

Lens colour Socket E14 BA15d E14 

clear 211 02 10 1 000 211 20 30 1 000 211 20 10 1 000 

yellow 211 02 10 3 000 211 20 30 3 000 211 20 10 3 000 

amber 211 02 10 4 000 211 20 30 4 000 211 20 10 4 000 

red 211 02 10 5 000 211 20 30 5 000 211 20 10 5 000 

green 211 02 10 6 000 211 20 30 6 000 211 20 10 6 000 

blue 211 02 10 7 000 211 20 30 7 000 211 20 10 7 000 



Light source 

GOST 








DIN EN 54 




101


SPECTRA series compact status lights 

P 200 SLF / P 100 SLF (Ø 60 mm) 

r = 

2 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 65 

Protection 

system 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

• compact status light series, also for use where space is limited 









tubular stand 


Electrical data P 200 SLF P 100 SLF 


Power consumption 5 W 5 W 


Mechanical data P 200 SLF P 100 SLF 


Light source 

Light power 

Lens colours 

Lens type 


fi lament lamp BA9s 

5 W 


prismatic 




Material 


Design 


Mounting 






102 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

P 200 FLF 

P 100 FLF 

25 

65.5 

35.5 


Ø 60 

Plug terminal 

connector 

Panel cut-out 

21.23 

16 

Thread 

PG 29 

25 

80 

Ø 60 

36 

17.5 



15 

Cable entry 



Article numbers P 200 SLF P 100 SLF 


clear 213 20 61 1 000 213 10 61 1 000 

yellow 213 20 61 3 000 213 10 61 3 000 

amber 213 20 61 4 000 213 10 61 4 000 

red 213 20 61 5 000 213 10 61 5 000 

green 213 20 61 6 000 213 10 61 6 000 

blue 213 20 61 7 000 213 10 61 7 000 



Wall 

bracket 

only for 

P 200 SLF 

Tubular 

stand 


only for 

P 200 SLF 

Wall 

holder 

only in 

combination 

with tubular 

stand 




213 90 00 0 000 


213 91 00 0 000 


282 50 20 0 000 

Light source 








DIN EN 54 




103


SPECTRA series traffic lights P 450 TSB / 

P 450 TDB (Ø 140 mm) / P 350 TSB (Ø 100 mm) 

• signal lights for traffi c light applications 

• simple to combine for horizontal or vertical confi guration 

• also for safety-relevant applications through use of two light sources 

(TDB) 

• stable fixing bracket for fl exible alignment and mounting (optional) 



• high signaling effect due to prismatic coloured lens 

• glare protection adjustable to suit local conditions 


• connecting piece for traffi c light combinations included 

P 450 TSB 

P 450 TDB 

P 350 TSB 

r = 

10 m 

r = 

6 m 

r = 

6 m 

IP 65 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data P 450 TSB P 450 TDB P 350 TSB 

Rated voltage 12 – 250 V * 12 – 250 V * 12 – 250 V * 

Power consumption 25 W 2 x 15 W 15 W 


Mechanical data P 450 TSB P 450 TDB P 350 TSB 

Operating mode continuous light continuous light (redundant) continuous light 

Light source filament lamp E27 2 x fi lament lamp E14 fi lament lamp E14 

Lens colours 

amber, red, green 




Material 

Design 

Mounting 

Cable entry 






surface mounting (wall bracket available as accessory) 

1 x 5-7 mm push through grommet 

(bottom side); 2 x M20 cable entries 

sideways (incl. connecting piece) 





Weight 395 g 380 g 210 g 

104 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

P 450 TSB / P 450 TDB 

P 350 TSB 

57 

37 

177 

140 


Ø 140 

20 

Cable entry 

2 x M20 

20 

Cable entry 

M20 



120° 

27.5 

55 

27 

46.5 



Cable entry 


120° 

Ø 140 

Cable entry 


60° 

75° 

25° 

70° 


Article numbers P 450 TSB P 450 TDB P 350 TSB 

Lens colour Rated voltage 12 – 250 V * 12 – 250 V * 12 – 250 V * 

amber 213 54 65 4 000 213 53 62 4 000 213 51 62 4 000 

red 213 54 65 5 000 213 53 62 5 000 213 51 62 5 000 

green 213 54 65 6 000 213 53 62 6 000 213 51 62 6 000 



Wall 

bracket 

for single 

mounting 

P 450 

Wall 

bracket 

for single 

mounting 

P 350 

Wall 

bracketset 

for 

combinations 

of 2 or 3 

P 450 

Wall 

bracketset 

for 

combinations 

of 2 or 3 

P 350 




213 99 00 0 000 


213 98 00 0 000 


213 97 00 0 000 


213 96 00 0 000 

Light source 








DIN EN 54 




105


SPECTRA series rotating mirror lights 

P 400 RTH (Ø 140 mm) / P 300 RTH (Ø 100 mm) 

• sturdy rotating mirror lights, also for installation where space is limited 

• very high signalling effect due to the use of halogen lamps 









P 400 RTH 

P 300 RTH 

r = 

20 m 

r = 

12.5m 

IP 65 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data P 400 RTH P 300 RTH 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V DC 12 V DC 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V DC 12 V DC 


Nominal current consumption 186 mA 338 mA 1.54 A 3.00 A 117 mA 216 mA 0.91 A 1.72 A 

Capacity of light source 40 W 40 W 35 W 35 W 25 W 25 W 20 W 20 W 

Mechanical data P 400 RTH P 300 RTH 


halogen rotating mirror light 

Light source halogen lamp G6.35 / GY6.35 

Rotation 

Lens colours 

Lens type 

approx. 180 U/min. 


plain, transparent 





Servie life 

Material 

Design 

Mounting 

Installation position 

> 5.000 hrs 




arbitrary 


Cable entry 

1 x 5-7 mm push through grommet (bottom side); 

1 x M20 cable entry sideways 


106 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

P 400 RTH 

P 300 RTH 

220 

Cable entry 

2 x M20 

150 

Cable entry 

M20 

20 

Rotating Mirror 

Lights 

37 


27 



55 

20 

58 

Ø 140 

120° 



Ø 110 

Cable entry 


27.5 

47 

85° 

45° 

60° 


Article numbers P 400 RTH P 300 RTH 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V DC 12 V DC 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V DC 12 V DC 

yellow 21347103000 21347153000 21347803000 21347853000 21337103000 21337153000 21337803000 21337853000 

amber 21347104000 21347154000 21347804000 21347854000 21337104000 21337154000 21337804000 21337854000 

red 21347105000 21347155000 21347805000 21347855000 21337105000 21337155000 21337805000 21337855000 



Wall 

bracket 

for 

P 400 

Wall 

bracket 

for 

P 300 

Tubular 

stand 


for 

P 400 

Tubular 

stand 


for 

P 300 

Wall 

holder 

only in 

combination 

with tubular 

stand 




213 94 00 0 000 


213 92 00 0 000 


213 95 00 0 000 


213 93 00 0 000 


282 50 20 0 000 


The visual characteristics of rotating mirror lights conform to the European standard DIN EN 842: ‘Machine safety – visual alarm signals’. 






DIN EN 54 




107




• proven tunnel safety light; conforms to the guideline of the Swiss 

Federal Highways Authority: ‘Signaling systems of safety devices in 

tunnels’ 

• synchronised fl ashing of up to 10 beacons in series with no additional 

controller 

• initial current limited to below 1 A 

• integrated function monitoring with fault message contact 

• variable brightness and fl ash frequency settings on-site on the device 

• use of double-pole terminals for the simple connection of parallel 

operated lights 

r = 

19 m 

IP 66 

IP 67 

IK 08 

I 

lim 

t 

Sync 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Protection 

system 

Impact-proof 

housing 

Initial current 

limited to < 1A 

Operating 

temperature 



Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 



Nominal current consumption 250 mA (1 Hz / 13 J) 350 mA (1 Hz / 13 J) 

Initial current limited to 

< 1 A / 10 ms 

Alarm output 

230 V / 80 mA 



Flash rate 

adjustable (1 Hz = 60 fl ashes/min.) factory setting 

Flash energy 

max. 13 Joules 


Lens colours 






IP 66, IP 67; mounting arbitrary 



II 



Material 

lens 



Connecting terminals spring-type terminal 0.08 - 2.5 mm 2 

Cable entry (prepared) 

2 x M20 x 1.5 sideways 

Mounting 

external lugs 



Weight 

600 g 

108 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Fault message contact 

M20 x 1.5 blanking plug 

113 

S1 

130 

25 


e.g. 4 x M4 x 20 

130 

80 

M20 x 1.5 

cable connection 

115 

Additional mounting possible via external lugs (included). 

X1 

X2 alarm output 

Function-monitored 

Lights 

DIP switch setting 

Setting for Quadro S-M-Flex 

4 3 2 1 Frequency (Hz) Flash energy (Joules) 

1 13 

ON 2 13 

ON 0.5 13 

ON ON 0.1 13 

ON 1 7.5 

ON ON 2 7.5 

ON ON 0.5 7.5 

ON ON ON 0.1 7.5 

ON 1.5 13 

ON ON 1.75 13 

ON ON 2.5 13 

ON ON ON 13 

ON ON 13 

ON ON ON 13 

ON ON ON repeating 7.5 

ON ON ON ON only one fl ash 13 





clear 210 42 10 1 179 

yellow 210 42 10 3 179 

amber 210 42 10 4 179 

red 210 42 10 5 179 



GOST 








DIN EN 54 




109



WBL-M / WBS-M 

• flashing light with integrated fl ash monitoring and fault message 

contact 

• for systems with safety-relevant applications, such as X-ray and 

laser equipment 




• fl ash tube secured by additional steel clamp 


r = 

11 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 54 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 20 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data WBL-M WBS-M 




Nominal current consumption 0.07 A 0.50 A 0.18 W 0.25 A 0.60 A 

Switching capacity of the faiure indication 

Switching voltage 

Switching current 

max. 250 V AC 

max. 3 A 


WBx-M 

Flash rate 


Flash energy 

5 Joules 


Lens colours 









lens 


Material 

housing 


base 




Weight 

700 g 

110 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

242 


Lights 

Ø 80 

Ø 6.5 

40 

84 

50 

65 

M20 


Article numbers WBL-M WBS-M 


yellow 210 03 10 3 156 210 03 16 3 156 210 03 80 3 156 

amber 210 03 10 4 156 210 03 16 4 156 210 03 80 4 156 

red 210 03 10 5 156 210 03 16 5 156 210 03 80 5 156 



I 

lim 

t 

GOST 

GL 








DIN EN 54 




111


All-round flashing lights 

PMF 2015-M 

• extremely bright due to 14 Joules total fl ash energy of the impulse 

group and light bundling with fresnel lens, low power consumption 

(energy-saving) 

• the function of the flashing light is monitored internally via an optical 

sensor and evaluation circuitry 

• both sub-systems (flashing light and monitoring unit) have separate 

operating voltage connections 

• the light is extremely failure-tolerant and carries type approval from the 

Swiss Ministry of Transport 

• independent technical safety report within the definitions of EN 50129 

exists 

r = 

22 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 55 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 30 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data PMF 2015-M 

Rated voltage 

24 V DC 


18 V – 30 V 

Current 

flashing light 

0.65 A 

consumption 

monitoring unit 

0.05 A 

Alarm contact contact version positively driven contact (1 x NC, 1 x NO) 

switching current 

max. 6 A 

switching voltage 

max. 250 V AC 

max. switching power (AC) 

1500 VA 

recommended minimum 

load 

> 50 mW 

Mechanical data PMF 2015-M 


double fl ash 

Light source 


Flash frequency of the main flash 


Flash energy of the main flash 

7 Joules 


Lens colours 


Lens type 


Beam angle 










Material 

lens 


housing 


Cable entry for bracket mounting M20 x 1.5 for cables 6.5 – 13.5 mm 


112 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 




M20 x 1.5 

75 

170.5 

Ø130 

Ø 177 

8.5 

45 

185 


Ø 5.5 

120° 

Ø 130 

120° 



depending on 

cable entry 


Lights 

6.5 4 

45 

Ø 5.5 

10 

Ø 5.5 

90 

50 

163 

50 

Flash rate 

Energy single flash [J] 

7 

2 flashes, 



Two different drilling templates are available for fi xing the light (direct 

mounting). M5 x 8 threaded bushes are set into the base of the light for fi xing 

according to drilling template 1. Drilling template 2 allows the light to be fi xed 

using 4 through bolts or similar from above. 

3,5 

1 2 3 4 t [s] 



PMF 2015-M Bracket mounting 

Lens colour Rated voltage 24 V DC 

amber 210 07 80 4 012 

red 210 07 80 5 012 



GOST 








DIN EN 54 



EN 50129:2003 Railway applications – telecommunication technology, signalling technology and data processing systems – 

safety-relevant electronic systems for signal technology 

EN 12352:2000 Traffic routing systems, warning and safety lights class: L1 C red F3 O3 M0 T1 S3 


113


LED Obstacle light 

POL 32 / POL 10 

LED obstacle light, AVV-approved, conforms to ICAO annex 14, 

band 1, chapter 6 

• omnidirectional light with a radiation angle of 360° for operation at 

night and at twilight (night marking of aviation obstacles) 

• 2 in 1: optional completely redundant construction of LED, electronics 

and power supply in one housing. A 2nd light is therefore not necessary. 

• switch to standby light in case of error automatically or by means of 

external controller 

• integrated function monitoring with potential-free fault contact 

• extremely long service life of over 50,000 hrs, hence maintenance-free 

• optionally equipped with mounting-friendly plug contact 

r = 

5 m 

r = 

9 m 

IP 68 

+ 55 °C 

- 40 °C 

Range @10 cd 

as per EN 54 

Range @32 cd 

as per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data POL 32 POL 10 

Rated voltage 115 / 230 V AC 48 V DC 12 / 24 V DC 115 / 230 V AC 48 V DC 12 / 24 V DC 


Operating range 85 V – 265 V 40 V – 57 V 9.6 V – 28.8 V 85 V – 265 V 40 V – 57 V 9.6 V – 28.8 V 

115 V 96 mA 60 mA 

230 V 45 mA 40 mA 

Current consumption, 

determined arithmetically 

48 V 270 mA 180 mA 

24 V 430 mA 350 mA 

12 V 800 mA 600 mA 

Fault contact NC max. 230 V, 80 mA 

Mechanical data POL 32-M POL 10-M POL 10-M-R POL 10-M-RA 



Light source LED array (red) 2 x LED array 

monitored (standard) 

Version 

redundant 

Activation of standby light in case 

of error by means of 

external switching 

Light intensity (DIN 5037) > 32 cd > 10 cd 

Lens colour 

clear 

Light colour 

aviation red 

Beam angle 

vertical approx. ± 35° 








> 50.000 hrs 

Material 

lens polycarbonate (PC) 

base polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) 

Mounting 



0.5 = 1.5 mm 2 fi ne wire - H05(07)V-K 

0.5 = 2.5 mm 2 single wire - H05(07)V-U 

Weight 

approx. 750 g 

automatic switching 

114 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Ø 8.5 

approx. 240 

134 


Lights 

Ø 114 


Article numbers POL 32-M POL 10-M POL 10-M-R POL 10-M-RA 

Rated voltage 

115 / 230 V AC 211 05 68 1 005 211 05 64 1 005 211 05 64 1 011 211 05 64 1 010 

48 V DC 211 05 66 1 005 211 05 65 1 005 211 05 65 1 011 211 05 65 1 010 

12 / 24 V DC 211 05 67 1 005 211 05 63 1 005 211 05 63 1 011 211 05 63 1 010 


Plug 

connector 


The light complies with the requirements of ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 6. 

The light is approved in Germany in accordance with the General Administrative 

Rules for the Identification of Aircraft Obstructions (AVV). 


115




Machine light in an elegant pyramid design, equipped with LED light 

source for extremely long service life (> 50,000 hrs) 

• vibration/shock-resistant 

• low power consumption (direct via AS-i-Bus) 

• minimised maintenance costs 

• uncompromising safety 

• reliable monitoring circuitry and AS interface integrated in the light 

• for safety-relevant applications, such as X-ray and laser equipment 

• control and function monitoring directly via AS interface 

r = 

4 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 55 

Protection 

system 

+ 45 °C 

- 25 °C 

Operating 

temperature 


Rated voltage 



26.5V – 32.6 V 

approx. 250 mA 





Light source 

LED 


Lens colours 









> 50.000 hrs 


Material 


baseplate ABS, light grey, similar to RAL 7035 

M12 plug connector, 4-pole 

Pin 1 AS-i + 

Type of connection 

Pin 2 

N.C. 

Pin 3 AS-i – 

Pin 4 

N.C. 

Addressing socket 

AS-i + 

DC jack, Ø 1.3 mm 

AS-i – 

AS-i specification AS-i 2.1, A/B capable EN 50295 

Weight 

300 g 

116 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

128 


Lights 

166.2 

111.2 


Ø max. 6.4 

Ø 24 

85 

79 

M12 

11 

Ø max. 6.4 

28 

Ø max. 6.4 

24 

125 




Lens colour 

Rated voltage 

white 211 20 50 2 004 

red 211 20 50 5 004 



GOST 








DIN EN 54 




117


Accessories 

External flash monitoring system 

This device monitors the correct functioning of a fl ashing light by opto-electronic 

means. The fl ash from the light is fed via an optical fi bre to a phototransistor, 

which converts the optical impulse to an electrical impulse. The electronic circuit 

evaluates the pulse and its regular repetition. As soon as the operating voltage 

is applied, the evaluation relay closes the changeover contact. If the operating 

voltage fails, the relay opens immediately. 

This method of operation represents the fail-safe normally-closed circuit function 

and guarantees an alarm even if the operating voltage fails. On the other hand, the 

changeover contact serves to continue an alarm, e.g. in an failure message line, or 

the direct blocking of further machine processes. 


External flash monitoring 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 


50 Hz / 60 Hz 


Nominal current consumption 0.001 A 0.050 A 0.050 A 0.050 A 


Fibre optic cable 

External flash monitoring 


Switching capacity of the 

evaluation circuit 

max. 230 V AC: 2 A 





Material acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) 

Colour similar to RAL 7035 

Cable entry 

Weight 

AC 

DC 

1 m 

2 x M20 

330 g 

230 g 

Dimensions 


120 

80 

55 

55 

Ø 4.1 

108 

Operating 

voltage 

Evaluation 

circuit connector 

Fibre optic cable 1 m 


suitable for ... Rated voltage Article number 

any flashing light with a 1 Hz flash rate 24 V DC 291 30 80 0 000 

Article numbers for other voltages on request 

118 

www.pfannenberg.com


Protective cages 

For protection against large mechanical demands. A very useful accessory for 

visual signaling devices fi tted to vehicles, such as fork lift trucks or driverless 

transport vehicles. 


Material 

steel, powder-coated 

Colour white, similar to RAL 9016 

Dimensions 

for PB- / PD series 

for WBL/WBS, DWBL/DWBS 


Accessories + 

Light sources 

136 

155 

144 

85 

89 

Ø 6.2 

70 

198 

for ABL/ABL, KBL, WB-M, KDL 

for WBLR/WBSR 

85 

96 

70 

3 

Ø 4.3 

3 

80 


suitable for ... Weight Article number 

PB-/PD series 165 g 287 10 50 0 040 

WBL/WBS, DWBL/DWBS 55 g 287 10 50 0 041 

ABL/ABS, WBL-M/WBS-M, KBL, KDL 65 g 287 10 50 0 042 

WBLR/WBSR 52 g 287 10 50 0 043 


119


Soft start module SSM2 

The module enables the soft start and limitation of the large initial current peaks of 

capacitive consumers. This includes all DC devices with a smoothing capacitor on the 

voltage input, regardless of whether the devices are sounders or fl ashing lights. The 

SSM soft start module prevents the overloading of the relay contacts when switching 

on and the premature triggering of overcurrent circuit breakers (e.g. PLC controller). 

The module is available as a built-in housing for DIN rail mounting or is already 

integrated in various devices. 

Data 

SSM2 

Rated voltage 

24 V DC 


18 V – 30 V 


1 A 





suitable for ... 

Article number 

DC devices 410 00 00 0 500 

Amps 

Î up to 12 A 

without SSM 

with SSM 

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ms 

Current limitation 0,7 – 1.5 A 

Tubular stands 

Tubular stands for mounting SPECTRA lights. 

Dimensions 

P 200 TMA001 P 300 TMA001 P 400 TMA001 

4 pieces 

included 

4 pieces 

included 

4 pieces 

included 

2 pieces 

included 

54 

60° 

90° 

2 pieces 

included 

54 

60° 

90° 

3 pieces 

included 

54 

60° 

90° 

Seal 

enclosed 


Article numbers Height P 200 TMA001 P 300 TMA001 P 400 TMA001 

for P 200 series 137 mm 213 91 00 0 000 – – 

for P 300 series 140 mm – 213 93 00 0 000 – 

for P 400 series 145 mm – – 213 95 00 0 000 

further tubular stand lengths on enquiry 

120 

www.pfannenberg.com

Wall bracket 

Wall bracket for mounting SPECTRA lights. 


Dimensions 

P 200 RAB001 P 300 RAB001 P 400 RAB001 

Seal 

enclosed 

2 pieces 

included 

2 pieces 

included 

3 pieces 

included 

Accessories + 

Light sources 

58 

92 

130 

27 

96 

2 pieces 

included 

27 

3 pieces 

included 

4 pieces included 


Article numbers Heights P 200 RAB001 P 300 RAB001 P 400 RAB001 

for P 200 series 137 mm 213 90 00 0 000 – – 

for P 300 series 140 mm – 213 92 00 0 000 – 

for P 400 series 145 mm – – 213 94 00 0 000 

Wall holder with hood 

Wall holder for mounting SPECTRA lights on tubular stands. 

Dimensions 

BR 50-W 

110 

73 

59.3 

42.5 

40 

65° 

60° 

Ø 4.5 

75 

50 

27 

62.4 

61.3 

13.7 

12.6 

Ø 55 

23 

16 

9.5 

61.4 

86.7 

4 x Ø 4.6 


suitable for ... 


mounting the P 200 / P 300 / P 400 series on tubular stands 282 50 20 0 000 

Wall bracket for traffic lights 

Metal wall bracket for traffi c lights and combinations. 


Article numbers P 350 TMB P 450 TMB 

Wall bracket for single mounting of the P 350 213 98 00 0 000 – 

Wall bracket for single mounting of the P 450 – 213 99 00 0 000 

Wall bracket set for combinations of 2 or 3 P 350 213 96 00 0 000 – 

Wall bracket set for combinations of 2 or 3 P 450 – 213 97 00 0 000 


121


Light source 

Filament lamps 

Filament lamps for Pfannenberg lights with socket 

Product suitable for ... Rated voltage Article number 

filament lamp E14 15 W PD / GDL / KDL / P 350 TSB / P 450 TDB 24 V 281 13 00 0 000 

filament lamp E14 15 W PD / P 350 TSB / P 450 TDB 12 V 281 13 00 0 001 

filament lamp E14 15 W PD / GDL / P 350 TSB / P 450 TDB 48 V 281 13 00 0 002 

filament lamp E14 15 W PD / GDL / P 350 TSB / P 450 TDB 110 V 281 13 00 0 003 

filament lamp E14 15 W PD / GDL / KDL / P 350 TSB / P 450 TDB 240 V 281 13 00 0 004 

filament lamp E14 25 W P 300 SLF / P 300 FLF 12 V 281 13 00 0 010 









filament lamp E27 15 W KDL 240 V 281 13 00 0 009 

filament lamp E27 25 W P 450 TSB 24 V 281 13 00 0 019 



filament lamp BA9s 5 W P 100 FLF / P 100 SLF / P 200 FLF / P 200 SLF 12 V 281 13 00 0 022 





filament lamp BA15s 15 W KDL 240 V 281 13 00 0 006 



halogen lamp G6.35/GY6.35 20 W P 300 SLH / P 300 FLH / P 300 RTH 12 V 281 13 00 0 027 








122 

www.pfannenberg.com

Connection diagrams 


PMF 2030 PMF 2020 PMF 2015 

1/L 2/N 

X1 S1 

U b 

230 V AC 

Operating mode switch 

AC 

DC 

Connecting 

terminal 

Strain relief 

The operating modes quad flash (factory setting), 

double fl ash and single flash can be set via the 

DIP switch, which is accessible from the side. 

Operating mode switch 

(sliding 

switch) 

Quad fl ash 

Double fl ash 

Connecting 

terminal 

The operating modes quad flash (factory setting), double 

flash and single flash can be set via the DIP switch, 

which is accessible from the side. 


ABL 

ABS / WBS / DWBS 

KBL DC version 

WBS-M 

WBL / WBL-PX 

DWBL 

KBL AC version 

WBL-M 230 V AC 

Quadro F12 

Quadro S / Quadro S-M-Flex 

AC version 

N 

for supplying 

additional 

fl ashing lights 

for supplying additional 

flashing lights 

N L 

S1 

(Option -M-Flex) 

X1 

X1 

DC version 

-+ 

X2 

(Option -M-Flex) 

X2 

S1 

X2 

Alarm output 



- + 

X2 

P 300/400 STR / P 300/400 STS 

P 300/400 FLF / P 300/400 FLH 

P 300/400 SLF / P 300/400 SLH 

+ L~ 

– N ~ 

Colour D/C A/C 

brown + L~ 

blue – N ~ 

+ red L~ brown 

– N ~ blue 

– N ~ green stage 2 

– N ~ yellow stage 3 

P 400 LDA 


red / brown + L~ 

blue – N ~ 

green stage 2 – 

yellow stage 3 – 

+ L~ red 

– N ~ blue 1 Hz 

– N ~ green 2 Hz 

P 300 STF 


red + L~ 

blue – N ~ 

green – N ~ 


123


PMB 010 / PMB 005 

AC version DC version 

PB 2010 / PMB 2010 / PB 2005 

PMB 2010 

external operation controller 1 

Standard version 

Flash rate is set via the 

DIP switch in the PMB 

(standard version) 

Version for external 

operating controller 

1 

optional for DC 

types from the PMB 

2000 series 

WBSR WBLR (< 42 V AC) WBLR (> 110 V AC) 

PL 105 AC version PL 105 DC version PL 105-LED 

Operating voltage connection 


AC version 

continuous 

light 

DC version 

blinking light 2 Hz 

continuous 

light 

blinking light 2 Hz 

P 100 STR / P 100 FLF 

P 100 SLF / P 100 LDA 

P 200 STR / P 200 FLF 

P 200 SLF / P 200 LDA 

P 450 TLA / P 350 TLA 

Unit 3 L3/+3 

Unit 2 L2/+2 

Unit 1 L1/+1 

N/– 

N/– 

D/C A/C 

unit 3 +3 L3 

unit 2 +2 L2 

unit 1 +1 L1 

general/neutral – N 

general/neutral – N 

AC 

DC 

124 

www.pfannenberg.com


PMF-LED Flex Quadro-LED Flex PD 2100-LED 

Supply and 

operating mode 

control 

AC version 

Supply 

voltage 

Operating 

mode 

control 

DC version 


PMBL1 AC version PMBL1 DC version Quadro-LED-TL 

S2-stage 2 

S3-stage 3 

S2-stage 2 

S3-stage 3 

on request! 

S2-stage 2 

S3-stage 3 

S2-stage 2 

S3-stage 3 

PD 2100-M-AS-i PMF 2015-M 

Optical receiver 

Flashtube 

Programming 

socket 

Alarm output 

S1 (NC) 

Alarm output 

S2 (NO) 

24V DC Operating voltage 


24V DC Operating voltage 

fl ash monitoring 

Flashing light 

controller 

Monitoring 

circuit / failure 

signaling 

Alarm relay 

with positively 

driven contacts 

(normal 

mode 

S1 open, 

S2 closed 

-> no failure) 

24 V DC 

Operating voltage 


24 V DC 


fl ash monitoring 

external failure monitoring 

with short-circuit monitoring 

and wire breakage 

monitoring 

P 300 LDA POL 32-M POL 10 

+ red L~ brown 

– N ~ blue 

– N ~ green stage 2 


red / brown + L~ 

blue – N ~ 

green stage 2 – 

Operating 

voltage 

48 V DC 

Fault contact 

Main light 

48 V DC 

Fault contact 

Standby light 

48 V DC 


125

126 

Audible signaling devices


Sound waves are a language 

that everybody understands! 

Use our range of audible 

signaling devices for all 

industrial areas of application 

Audible signaling 

devices 

A baby’s cry, cars sounding their horns, the front door bell – acoustic 

signals are part of our life right from the very beginning. All over the 

world. Everybody who hears a loud acoustic signal feels called upon 

to act in some way, regardless of the situation. 

On the basis of these conditions, the use of acoustic signaling 

devices is also of great advantage in the industrial sector. 

Malfunctions are reported immediately, dangerous situations are 

displayed without delay. Benefi t from our wide range of acoustic 

signaling devices, which are guaranteed to draw the necessary 

attention in your company - when it really matters. 

127

Audible signaling devices 

All audible signaling devices at a glance 

Type 


reception range for a 65 dB 

ambient noise level 


Sound 

pressure 

level 

Protection 

system 

Dimensions 

(HxWxD) 



Page 

Sounder 

SON 2 

SON F1 

10 100 250 500 1500 



IP 55 

86 x 86 x 

AC: 89.5 

DC: 64.5 

86 x 86 

x 64.5 

GL GOST UL VdS EN 

54-3 

RMS 

130 

DS 5 

DS 10 

105 dB (A) 

110 dB (A) 

IP 66 

IP 67 

133.5 x 133.5 

x 143 

132 

PA 100 100 dB (A) IP 56 

87 x 87 

x 79 

134 

PA 106 105 dB (A) IP 66 

130 x 130 

x 132 

134 

PA 110 110 dB (A) IP 66 

168 x 168 

x 156.5 

136 

PA 120 120 dB (A) IP 66 

190 x 190 

x 191.5 

136 

PMA 112 112 dB (A) IP 67 Ø 181 x 270.6 138 

PMA 121 121 dB (A) IP 67 Ø 220 x 321 138 

PA 130 130 dB (A) IP 54 

285 x 490 

x 595 

140 

PA 140 140 dB (A) IP 55 

475 x 610 

x 560 

141 

Voice sounders 

PAS 110 110 dB (A) IP 66 

168 x 168 

x 156.5 

142 

PAS 106 105 dB (A) IP 66 

DC: 130 x 130 

x 132 

AC: 130 x 185 

x 132 

142 

PAS 106 SYNC 100 dB (A) IP 66 

130 x 130 

x 132 

144 

available 


128 

www.pfannenberg.com


All audible signaling devices at a glance 

Type 



ambient noise level 1 

in metres (m) 

Sound 

pressure 

level 

Protection 

system 

Dimensions 

(HxWxD) 



Page 

Loudspeaker 

10 100 250 500 1500 


54-3 

RMS 

PS15R 

146 

120 dB (A) IP 54 

230 x 181 

x 117 

PS15B 146 

PML 15 118 dB (A) IP 67 Ø 181 x 270.6 147 

Audible signaling 

devices 

PML 25 121 dB (A) IP 67 Ø 220 x 321 147 

Electronic buzzers 

P 22 DBZ 

80 dB (A) 

@ 10 cm 

IP 65 Ø 29 x 62 

P 28 DMC948 

91 dB (A) 

148 

P 28 DMC201 

P 28 DMC301 

P 28 DMB530 

91 dB (A) 

91 dB (A) 

91 dB (A) 

IP 65 Ø 35.8 x 38.2 

1 

The specifi cation for the alarm signal reception range assumes an existing 

ambient noise level of 65 dB (A). In accordance with applicable 

regulations, the calculated alarm range for the sound level 65 dB (A) 

was given + 10 dB (A) = 75 dB (A). 

available 


Note: 

Using sounders with a sound pressure level of ≥ 120 dB (A) can lead to hearing damage. 

People must not be permitted to stay in the near vicinity of the sounder. 

All specifi ed sound pressure levels are based on a measurement distance of 1 m, 

provided that nothing different is specifi ed. 





129


Sounder 100 dB (A) 

SON 2 / SON F1 

• integrated reverse polarity protection 

• automatic synchronisation of several sounders 

• integrated volume control 

• SON 2: choice of 32 different tones, 2 additional externally 

selectable tones 

• SON F1: choice of 10 different tones, 1 additional externally 

selectable tone 

• compact design 

• ideal for fi re alarm systems due to low power consumption 

r = 

18 m 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

IP 55 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

EN 

54-3 

Standard 

VdS 

G209080 

only for 

SON F1 

24 V DC 

Electrical data SON 2 SON F1 



Functional range ± 10 % ± 10 % ± 25 % 10 V – 30 V 

Rated current consumption 12 mA 24 mA 20–80 mA 25 mA 

Mechanical data SON 2 SON F1 

Sound pressure level 100 dB (A) @ 1 m 100 dB (A) @ 1 m 

Alarm tones 32 alarm tones / 3-stage alarm 10 alarm tones / 2-stage alarm 






Material UL 94 VO & 5VA classifi ed ABS 

Colour 

RAL 3000 (fl ame red) 

Cable entry 

4 disruptions prepared on the side and bottom 


Weight 

AC 400 g 260 g 

DC 300 g 260 g 

Dimensions 

SON 2 

SON F1 

DC version 

AC version 

86 

86 

86 64.5 

89.5 

86 64.5 

130 

www.pfannenberg.com


Alarm tone table SON 2 

Stage 1 Description - Frequency Stage 2 Stage 3 

tone 1 continuous tone 340 Hz tone 2 tone 5 

tone 2 alternating tone 800 / 1000 Hz, alternation every 0.25 s tone 17 tone 5 

tone 3 slow whoop 500-1200 Hz, switching frequency 0.3 Hz, 0.5 s tone 2 tone 5 

tone 4 sweeping 800 / 1000 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz tone 6 tone 5 


tone 6 sweeping 2400 / 2900 Hz, switching frequency 7 Hz tone 7 tone 5 


tone 8 sweeping 500 / 1200 / 500 Hz, switching frequency 0.3 Hz tone 2 tone 5 

tone 9 1200 / 500 Hz, 1 Hz – DIN / PFEER P.T.A.P. tone 15 tone 2 

tone 10 alternating tone 2400 / 2900 Hz, switching frequency 2 Hz tone 7 tone 5 

tone 11 interrupted tone 1000 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz tone 2 tone 5 

tone 12 alternating tone 800 / 1000 Hz, switching frequency 0.875 Hz tone 4 tone 5 

tone 13 interrupted tone 2400 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz tone 15 tone 5 

tone 14 interrupted tone 800 Hz, 0.25 s signal, 1 s gap tone 4 tone 5 


tone 16 interrupted tone 660 Hz, 150 ms signal, 150 ms gap tone 18 tone 5 

tone 17 alternating tone 544 Hz (100 ms) / 440 Hz (400 ms) – NF S 32-001 tone 2 tone 27 

tone 18 interrupted tone 660 Hz, 1.8 s signal, 1.8 s gap tone 2 tone 5 

tone 19 sweeping 1400 Hz –1600 Hz rising 1 s, falling 0.5 s – NF C 48-265 tone 2 tone 5 







tone 26 simulated bell tone 2 tone 15 




tone 30 interrupted tone 420 Hz, every 0.625 s – Australian alert tone 32 tone 26 


tone 32 Australian evacuation alarm, 500 Hz / 1200 Hz, 3.75 s signal, 0.25 s gap tone 30 tone 26 

Alarm tone table SON F1 

Stage 1 Description - Frequency Stage 2 

tone 1 alternating tone 800 / 1000 Hz, alternation every 0.25 s tone 8 

tone 2 slow whoop 500-1200 Hz, switching frequency 0.3 Hz, 0.5 s tone 1 

tone 3 1200 / 500 Hz, 1 Hz – DIN / PFEER P.T.A.P. tone 8 

tone 4 alternating tone 544 Hz (100 ms) / 440 Hz (400 ms) – NF S 32-001 tone 9 

tone 5 simulated bell tone 1 

tone 6 sweeping 800 / 1000 Hz, switching frequency 7 Hz tone 8 

tone 7 Australian evacuation alarm, 500 Hz / 1200 Hz, 3.75 s signal, 0.25 s gap tone 10 

tone 8 continuous tone 1000 Hz – PFEER toxic gas – 

tone 9 continuous tone 554 Hz – 

tone 10 interrupted tone 420 Hz, every 0.625 s – Australian alert – 

EN 54-3 tested frequencies: tone 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 and 9. 

Sounder 


Article numbers SON 2 SON F1 


232 20 10 0 010 232 20 15 0 010 232 20 80 0 010 232 50 80 0 010 

Article numbers for other voltages and versions on request 


IP 56 

Protection 

system 

C 

US 


131


Sounder 105 dB (A) / 110 dB (A) 

DS 5 / DS 10 

The sounders from the DS 10 / DS 5 series can be used for tough 

demands under industrial conditions and as universal alarms. The 

sounders, which are suitable for use both indoors and outdoors, generate 

warning signals in 31 different tones can be selected with the aid 

of an internal switch. Optionally, a maximum of 3 additional tones can 

be switched to by means of an external controller. In addition to the 

factory settings, the tone combination can be individually selected by 

means of on-site programming (tone 32). 

Custom versions are available for special applications. 

• volume control (DS 5) 

r = 

32 m 

DS 5 

r = 

56 m 

DS 10 

IP 66 

IP 67 

EN 

54-3 

VdS 

G28609 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

Protection 

system 

Standard 

Standard 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data DS 5 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V AC 12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 


Functional range 195 V – 253 V 95 V – 127 V 19 V – 29 V 10 V – 15 V 19 V – 29 V 41 V – 53 V 

Rated current consumption 0.03 A 0.06 A 0.28 A 0.28 A 0.28 A 0.28 A 

Electrical data DS 10 



Functional range 195 V – 253 V 95 V – 127 V 19 V – 29 V 10 V – 15 V 19 V – 29 V 41 V – 53 V 


Mechanical data DS 5 DS 10 

Sound pressure level 105 dB (A) 110 dB (A) 

Sound level reduction 

by - 20 dB via potentiometer 






Material die-cast aluminium GD-AI Si12 Cu 

Surface coating epoxy resin paint RAL 3000, fl ame red 

Cable bushing 2 x M20 (1x chrome-plated brass cable fi tting, 1 x chrome-plated brass blanking plug) 

Clamping range of the cable fitting 

8 – 12 mm 

Connecting terminals max. 2.5 mm 2 

Weight 

AC 

DC 

2.15 kg 

1.95 kg 


External tone selection (2 variants) for controlling 

several tones over great distances: 

1: for all voltages = potential-free NO function 

2. for 12 V / 24 V = voltage input 

GOST 

GL 

30457-83-HH 

C 

US 

132 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Ø 7 

143 

M20 x 1.5 

133.5 

150 

Blanking plug (for M20) 71.5 71.5 

Alarm tone table 

Tone 

Code switch 

Description - Basic tone 

(preset: tone no. 1) 

Stage 2 

Stage 3 

Stage 4 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

0 no tone 1 5 4 

1 

2 

emergency signal 

DIN 33 404, part 3 

emergency evacuation 

signal as per ISO 8201 

3 2 4 

1 4 3 

3 alternating tone 1 2 4 

4 continuous tone 1 3 5 

5 interrupted tone 1 4 3 

Tone 

Code switch 

1 2 3 4 5 6 



Stage 2 

Stage 3 

Stage 4 



20 

21 

22 

interrupted tone 

IMO SOLAS III/50 + 

SOLAS III/6.4 


– leave ship 

sweep up sawtooth 

with gap 

9 21 26 

20 9 26 

19 14 2 

Sounder 

6 siren 1 4 9 

7 

8 

fire alarm France – 

NFS21-001 


Sweden – SS 031711 

3 10 4 

2 3 4 

9 horn 1 3 4 


11 continuous tone - Bayer 1 17 9 






17 interrupted tone - Bayer 1 11 9 

23 siren 27 12 2 




27 siren 13 23 19 

28 siren 7 10 4 

29 siren – Hoechst 1 30 9 


31 

32 

siren 

– NF C 48-265 

selection of available tone combinations 

in stages 2, 3 and 4 

3 14 4 


Article numbers DS 5 DS 10 

Version Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V DC 

Standard 231 06 10 0 000 231 06 15 0 000 231 06 80 0 000 231 11 10 0 000 231 11 15 0 000 231 11 80 0 000 

GL 231 06 10 0 001 231 06 15 0 001 231 06 80 0 001 231 11 10 0 001 231 11 15 0 001 231 11 80 0 001 

LSR (volume control) 231 06 10 0 151 231 06 15 0 151 231 06 80 0 151 

TAS (external tone selection via closed 

function of the control voltage) 

231 06 10 0 152 231 06 15 0 152 231 06 80 0 152 231 11 10 0 152 231 11 15 0 152 231 11 80 0 152 



DIN EN 54-3: 2001 + 

DIN EN 54-3/A1: 2001 

EN 50 130-4: 1996 

EN 61 000-6-2 

EN 61 000-6-3 

EN 60 947-1: 2003 

EN 60 529: 2000 

Fire alarm systems - part 3: fire alarm devices; 

Audible signaling devices and annex A1 

Stability of system components for fire and 

burglar alarm systems 

EMV, stability for industrial areas 

EMV, emission standard for residential commercial, 

and light-industrial environments 

Low voltage switchgear standard 

Protection system by enclosure (IP code) 

DIN EN ISO 7731 Ergonomic – alarms for public areas and workplaces – 

acoustic alarms 

DIN 33 404/3: 1982 Alarms for workplaces, unified emergency signal 

ISO 8201: 1987 Evacuation alarm 

DIN EN 981: 1997 System of acoustic and visual alarm signals 

and information signals 

ISO 11 429: 1996 System of acoustic and visual alarm signals 



133


Sounder 100 dB (A) / 105 dB (A) 

PA 100 / PA 106 

The sounders from the PA series are the result of consistent development 

by Pfannenberg. Manufactures from extremely impact-resistant 

plastic, hence suitable for industry. 

Low power consumption, high sound levels and unmistakable warning 

tones with optimum penetration enable universal use in hospitals, 

administration buildings and technicals plants. 

r = 

18 m 

PA 100 

r = 

32 m 

PA 106 

IP 56 

PA 100 

IP 66 

PA 106 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

EN 

54-3 

VdS 

G209079 

max. signal 


max. signal 


Protection 

system 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

24V DC 

48V DC 

24V DC 

48V DC 

Electrical data PA 100 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V AC 24 V DC 48 V DC 


Functional range ± 10 % ± 10 % ± 10 % 10 V – 30 V 40 V – 60 V 

Rated current consumption 15 mA 20 mA 40 mA 25 mA 50 mA 

Electrical data PA 106 





Mechanical data PA 100 PA 106 

Sound pressure level 100 dB (A) 105 dB (A) 


by -15 dB via potentiometer 

Alarm tones 

32 tones (see alarm tone table) 




Protection system according to EN 60529 IP 56 IP 66 


Material ABS, self-extinguishing, similar to UL 94 VO 

Colour similar to RAL 3000 (fl ame red), optionally in white 

Cable entry M20 disruptions prepared 

Weight 

AC 370 g 1000 g 

DC 260 g 750 g 


GOST 

GL 

C 

US 

134 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

PA 100 PA 106 

98 Ø 6.3 

87 79 

130 

132 

87 

Ø 7.3 

130 

M20 disruptions prepared 

M20 disruptions 

prepared 

143 


Basic 

tone 

Stage 

Description - tones 

no. 

2 3 

1 continuous tone 340 Hz 2 5 

2 alternating tone 800 / 1000 Hz, alternation every 0.25 s 17 5 

3 slow whoop 500-1000 Hz, 3 s signal, 0.5 s gap 2 5 

4 sweeping 800 / 1000 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz 6 5 


6 sweeping 2400 / 2900 Hz, switching frequency 7 Hz 7 5 


8 siren 500 / 1200 / 500 Hz, duration 3 s 2 5 

9 sawtooth 1200 / 500 Hz within 1 s 15 2 

10 alternating tone 2400 / 2900 Hz, alternation every 0.25 s 7 5 

11 interrupted tone 1000 Hz, 0.5 s signal, 0.5 s gap 2 5 


13 interrupted tone 2400 Hz, 0.5 s signal, 0.5 s gap 15 5 

14 interrupted tone 800 Hz, 0.25 s signal, 1 s gap 4 5 


16 

interrupted tone 660 Hz, 

150 ms signal, 150 ms gap 

18 5 

Basic 

tone 

no. 

Tone selection via DIP switch. Two alternative tones (stage 2 and 3) can be generated by means of external control. 


Stage 

2 3 

17 

alternating tone 544 Hz (100 ms) / 440 Hz (400 ms) 

(NF S 32-001) 

2 27 


19 

sweeping 1400 Hz –1600 Hz 

rising 1 s, falling 0.5 s (NF C 48-265) 

2 5 



22 


0.875 s signal, 0.875 s gap 

2 5 

23 800 Hz, 0.25 s signal, 0.25 s gap 6 5 



26 simulated bell 2 15 





31 siren 660 / 1200 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz 26 5 

32 2-tone bell sound 26 5 

Sounder 


Article numbers PA 100 PA 106 

Version Rated voltage 230 V AC 110 V AC 10-30 V DC 230 V AC 110 V AC 10-30 V DC 

Standard 230 10 10 0 000 230 10 16 0 000 230 10 90 0 000 230 16 10 0 000 230 16 16 0 000 230 16 90 0 000 

GL 230 10 10 0 001 230 10 16 0 001 230 10 90 0 001 230 16 10 0 001 230 16 16 0 001 230 16 90 0 001 

UL 230 10 10 0 002 230 10 16 0 002 230 10 90 0 002 230 16 10 0 002 230 16 16 0 002 230 16 90 0 002 



The acoustic parameters conform to the European standard DIN EN ISO 7731 ‘Ergonomic – alarm signals for public areas and workplaces – acoustic alarm signals’. 

The requirement for an acoustic alarm signal can be found in the harmonised standards: 

EN 60204-1 

Electrical equipment of machines 



135



PA 110 / PA 120 

The sounders from the PA series are the result of consistent development 

by Pfannenberg. Manufactures from extremely impact-resistant 

plastic, hence suitable for industry. 

Low power consumption, high sound levels and aggressive warning 

tones with optimum penetration enable universal use in hospitals, 

administration buildings and technicals plants. 

r = 

56m 

PA 110 

r = 

178m 

PA 120 

IP 66 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

EN 

54-3 

VdS 

G209079 

max. signal 


max. signal 


Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

24V DC 

48V DC 

24V DC 

48V DC 





Rated current consumption 60 mA 100 mA 500 mA 120 mA 200 mA 





Rated current consumption 120 mA 240 mA 1000 mA 600 mA 950 mA 

Mechanical data PA 110 PA 120 


Sound level reduction by - 12 dB via potentiometer by - 10 dB via potentiometer 







Colour similar to RAL 3000 (fl ame red), optionally in white 


Weight 

AC 2.1 kg 2.7 kg 

DC 1.8 kg 2.1 kg 


GOST 

GL 

C 

US 

136 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

PA 110 PA 120 

190 

Ø 9 

168 156.5 

210 

190 

Ø 9 

M20 disruptions prepared 

M20 disruptions 

prepared 

191.5 


Basic 

tone 

Stage 


no. 

2 3 
















16 


150 ms signal, 150 ms gap 

18 5 

17 


(NF S 32-001) 

2 27 


19 



2 5 



22 


0.875 s signal, 0.875 s gap 

2 5 

Basic 

Stage 

tone 


no. 

2 3 











33 interrupted tone 745 Hz, 0.5 s signal, 0.5 s gap 2 – 

34 alternating tone 1000 / 2000 Hz, alternation every 0.5 s 38 45 

35 interrupted tone 420 Hz, every 0.625 s 36 5 

36 

slow whoop 500 Hz 

up to 1200 Hz within 0.375 s, 0.25 s gap 


35 5 

37 continuous tone 1000 Hz 9 45 



40 


(NF S 32-001) 

31 27 

41 motor siren, slowly rising to 1200 Hz 2 5 




45 1000 Hz, 1 s signal, 1 s gap 38 34 

Sounder 


Article numbers PA 110 PA 120 

Version Rated voltage 230 V AC 110 V AC 10-30 V DC 230 V AC 110 V AC 10-30 V DC 

Standard 230 20 10 0 000 230 20 16 0 000 230 20 90 0 000 230 25 10 0 000 230 25 16 0 000 230 25 90 0 000 

GL 230 20 10 0 001 230 20 16 0 001 230 20 90 0 001 230 25 10 0 001 230 25 16 0 001 230 25 90 0 001 

UL 230 20 10 0 002 230 20 16 0 002 230 20 90 0 002 230 25 10 0 002 230 25 16 0 002 230 25 90 0 002 





EN 60204-1 




137



PMA 112 / PMA 121 

• very sturdy sounder especially for outdoor use 

• integrated volume control 

• choice of 45 different tones 

• 2 additional stages externally selectable; control by minus 

or optionally by plus 

• stainless steel mounting bracket for 360° positioning 

r = 

71 m 

PMA 112 

r = 

180 m 

PMA 121 

IP 66 

IP 67 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

max. signal 


max. signal 


Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data PMA 112 





Electrical data PMA 121 




Rated current consumption 90 mA 150 mA 1000 mA 600 mA 950 mA 

Mechanical data PMA 112 PMA 121 


Operation mode automatic synchronisation in multi-sounder systems 

Alarm tones 

45 (conforms to UKOOA/PFEER) 






Material 


Colour grey (RAL 7038) 

Cable entry 



Weight 

Dimensions 

AC: 3.0 kg / DC: 2.5 kg 

PMA 112 PMA 121 

Ø 181 

Ø 142 

270.6 

Ø 220 

Ø 142 

321 

130 

30 30 

160 

30 30 

160 

166 

3 mounting 

holes Ø 7 

166 

3 mounting 

holes Ø 7 

138 

www.pfannenberg.com



















Sounder 
















tone 31 siren 660 / 1200 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz tone 26 tone 5 

tone 32 2-tone bell sound tone 26 tone 15 


tone 34 alternating tone 1000 Hz / 2000 Hz, alternation every 0.5 s – Singapore tone 38 tone 45 


tone 36 slow whoop 500-1200 Hz within 0.375 s, 0.25 s gap tone 35 tone 5 

tone 37 continuous tone 1000 Hz – PFEER toxic gas tone 9 tone 45 




tone 41 motor siren, slowly rising to 1200 Hz tone 2 tone 5 




tone 45 1000 Hz, 1 s signal, 1 s gap – PFEER general alarm tone 38 tone 34 


Article numbers PMA 112 PMA 121 


230 91 10 0 000 230 91 15 0 000 230 91 80 0 000 230 92 10 0 000 230 92 15 0 000 230 92 80 0 000 



139


Sounder 130 dB (A) 

PA 130 

• secure alarming in the loudest environments and over large areas 

• also dimensioned for use as warning devices in civil defence 

• with just one sounder, reaction to the most diverse alarm situations 

is possible by means of remote control of up to 9 of currently 80 

pre-installed tones 

• integrated self-monitoring, test function and malfunction message 

relay 

• maintenance-free 

• power-saving standby mode with automatic self-test function 

• suitable for indoor and outdoor operation 

• switchable 4.7 kOhm terminal resistor for cable monitoring 

optionally avaibale: 

r = 

562m 

IP 54 

+ 50 °C 

- 20 °C 

• voice transmisssion possible via audio input 

• can be mounted in a cluster by means of stable mast holder 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 


Rated voltage 230 V AC 20-60 V DC 


50 Hz / 60 Hz 

Functional range - 25% / + 15% 20 V – 60 V 

Rated current 

1 A 4 A 

consumption 

in standby mode < 15 mA < 40 mA 

Malfunction message relay / auxiliary relay 

0.5 A, 50 V / NO or NC potential-free, configurable 

Mechanical data PA 130 

Sound pressure level 

130 dB (A) 

Alarm tones 80, incl. DIN tone 

Remote controlled tones 9 alarm tones, externally controllable 





Material 

housing - horn MOPLEN plastic, light grey 

housing - electronics aluminium, painted in light grey 

Cable entry 2 x PG16 for simple series connection of up to 4 sounders 

Anschlussart 2 x 2.5 mm 2 

Weight 

Dimensions 

AC: 7.45 kg / DC: 5.85 kg 


622 

490 

190 

295 

GOST 

390 

40 

2 x PG16 

5 

50 

50 

40 

3 x Ø 8.5 


Article numbers PA 130 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 20–60 V DC 

230 26 10 0 000 230 26 91 0 000 

140 

www.pfannenberg.com



PA 140 

• automatic synchronisation in system operation 

• safety within a radius of up to 4 kilometres 

• performance simply non-compromising 

• ideal for use in large areas, e.g. quarries, airports ... 

• ... or as a warning instrument in civil defence 

• pleasantly cost-effective in the production of a higher sound level 

• up to 3 different externally controllable tones 

• with a selection of 32 different tones, units installed next to each 

other can be distinguished easily 

r = 

1778m 

IP 55 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

• the sounder is powered by a normal single-phase main voltage 

of 230 V eff 

• the unit can optionally be supplied with a 24 V / 8 A DC voltage 

supply as part of a fi re alarm system 

• protected against pole-reversal 

Sounder 

Range according 

to EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 




50 Hz / 60 Hz 

Functional range 207 V – 253 V 21 V – 28 V 

Rated current consumption 1 A 8 A 

Mechanical data PA 140 

Sound pressure level distance 1 m 140 dB (A), depending on the tone 

Range 2.5 km (up to 4 km) 

Alarm tones 32 tones, see page 137 

Remote controlled tones 3 tones (basic tone + 2 additional tones, externally controllable) 






Material glass fi bre reinforced plastic, grey 

Cable bushing 

PG9 

Weight 

25 kg 

Dimensions 


GOST 

475 

610 

560 

Ø 12.5 (3x) 

150 


Article numbers PA 140 


230 30 10 0 000 230 30 80 0 000 


141


Sounder with speech reproduction 100 / 105 dB (A) 

PAS 106 / PAS 110 

• easy text programming without programming device 

(integrated microphone) 

• max. 16 seconds speech reproduction or two 8 seconds messages 

• 9 different tones (DIN tone) 

• volume control via potentiometer up to - 20 dB (A) 

• combinaton of tone / spoken message 

• precice defi nition of alarms and warnings 

• low power consumption, therefore long alarm durations possible 

using emergency voltage 

• suitable for UPS systems due to 24V rated voltage 

• playback of behavioural rules 

• no PA system required for speech reprodction 

r = 

18 m 

PAS 106 

r = 

32 m 

PAS 110 

IP 66 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

max. signal 


max. signal 


Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data PAS 106 



Functional range ± 10 % ± 10 % 18 V – 30 V 9 V – 15 V 

Rated current consumption 20 mA 40 mA 180 mA 1 150 mA 1 

Electrical data PAS 110 



Functional range ± 10 % ± 10 % 18 V – 30 V 9 V – 15 V 

Rated current consumption 35 mA 70 mA 440 mA 1 400 mA 1 

1 

at maximum volume 

Mechanical data PAS 106 PAS 110 

Sound pressure level 105 dB (A), speech reproduction 5 dB lower 110 dB (A), speech reproduction 5 dB lower 

Soud level reduction 

by 20 dB via potentiometer 







Colour similar to RAL 3000 (fl ame red), optionally grey or white 


Weight 

AC 1.00 kg 2.10 kg 

DC 0.75 kg 1.80 kg 

142 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

PAS 106 DC 

PAS 106 AC 

130 

132 

M20 (disruptions 

prepared) 

86 

Ø 7.3 

130 

130 

185 

143 

Ø 7.3 


prepared) 

132 

130 

190 

Ø 9 

168 156.5 

PAS 110 

143.5 



prepared) 


Tone and frequency selection 

Stage 1 Frequency description Tone length Stage 2 

1 alternating tone 800/1000 Hz, alternation every 0.5 s 4 cycles 1 

2 slow whoop 500/1200 Hz, duration 2.5 s, 0.5 s gap 2 cycles 2 

3 sawtooth 1200/500 Hz within 1 s 4 cycles 3 

4 alternating tone 544/440 Hz for 100/400 ms 4 cycles 4 



7 interrupted tone 1000 Hz, 1s signal, 1s gap, general alarm 3 cycles 7 

8 Australian alert, 420 Hz with 0.624 s gap 4 cycles 8 

9 Australian evacuation alarm, 500/1200 Hz, within 1 s 2 cycles 9 

10 no tone - 0.5 s gap between messages or 2 s gap, if 2 nd message option is selected 10 

Important: total speech reproduction max. 16 s or 2 messages of max. 8 s each! 




PAS 106 230 81 10 0 029 230 81 16 0 029 230 81 80 0 029 230 81 85 0 029 

PAS 110 230 85 10 0 029 230 85 16 0 029 230 85 80 0 029 230 85 85 0 029 


GOST 


143


Sounder with speech reproduction 100 dB (A) 

synchronised PAS 106 SYNC 

• fully synchronised playback if several sounders are present; 

no synchronisaton cable required 

• all sounders are programmed using the same memory module 

• multiple re-programming possible 

• user-defi ned text programmable in all languages 

• 14 different tones (DIN tone) 

• volume control: 3 settings and potentiometer 

• max. 16 second tone playback at 3 different levels 

• external tone selection 

• excellent speech reproduction 

• ideal for fi re and evacuation alarms 

• suitable for UPS systems due to 24V rated voltage 

r = 

18 m 

IP 66 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

• low power consumption, hence long alarm durantions possible 

using emergency power 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 


PAS 106 SYNC 



50 Hz / 60 Hz 

Functional range 210 V – 253 V 10 V – 30 V 

100 dB (A) 30 mA < 130 mA 

Rated current consumption 97 dB (A) < 80 mA 

94 dB (A) < 50 mA 


PAS 106 SYNC 

Sound pressure level 100 dB (A), speech reproduction approx. 3–5 dB (A) lower, selectable via jumper 







Colour similar to RAL 3000 (fl ame red), optionally grey or white 

Cable entry M20 

Weight 

AC 

1.00 kg 

DC 

0.75 kg 

144 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

130 

132 

Ø 7.3 

130 

143 

M20 


Tone Nr. Description – tones 

Stage 2 + 3 tone selection 

Tone A Tone B Tone C 

1 Australian alert 5 8 4 

2 sawtooth (Netherlands) 10 8 12 

3 sweeping 800 / 1000 Hz, switching frequency 7 Hz 8 14 10 

4 Australian evacuation alarm 1 8 5 

5 simulated bell 10 13 2 

6 german DIN-tone 13 2 10 

7 french AFNOR tone 10 5 9 

8 continuous tone 1000 Hz 10 11 5 

9 continuous tone 554 Hz 5 7 12 

10 alternating tone 800 / 1000 Hz, switching frequency 2 Hz 8 6 11 

tones 11 to 14 are only available for stage 2 or 3 

11 interrupted tone 1000 Hz, 0.5 s signal, 0.5 s gap – – – 

12 continuous tone 2400 Hz – – – 

13 continuous tone 800 Hz – – – 

14 sweeping 2400 / 2900 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz – – – 


External tone / speech reproduction possible 

Important: total speech reproduction max. 16 s! 

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 

Mode 1 tone – message 1 tone – message 2 tone – message 3 Stage 1 = factory setting 

Mode 2 message 1 message 2 message 3 

Stage 2 & 3 can be selected 

Mode 3 tone – message 1 – message 1 tone – message 2 – message 2 tone – message 2 – message 3 

externally via ground connection. 

Each stage can contain a different 

(tones 1–10 possible) 

(tones 1–14 possible) 

time interval. 



PAS 106 SYNC 


230 81 10 0 027 230 81 80 0 027 


GOST 

Programming 

device 


293 23 00 0 000 

Microphone integrated, possible to 

connect an external sound source 

(availbale for weekly rental) 

Memory 

module 


293 23 00 0 010 


145


Loudspeaker 120 dB (A) 

PS15R / PS15B 

• powerful loudspeaker, up to 122 dB (A) 

• adjustable volume 

• sturdy IP 54 implementation 

• for industrial and workshop applications both indoors and outdoors 

• excellent transmission of speech, music and tones 

r = 

178m 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

IP 54 

Protection 

system 

+ 40 °C 

- 10 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Mechanical data PS15R PS15B 


122 dB (A) @ 25 W 

Volume control potentiometer 

Rated power 

25 W 

Frequency range 350 Hz up to 8.000 Hz 

Dispersion 90° 

Impedance 16 Ω 






Material 

housing acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) 

mounting bracket 

aluminium 

Colour red black 

Type of connection 2 x max. 2.5 mm 2 

Cable entry 

2 x (1 x blanking plug enclosed) for cable Ø 6–11 mm 

Weight 

1.6 kg 

Dimensions 

230 

181 

30 30 

117 

2 x PG11 

Ø 9 

163 

Ø 7 (3 x) 

40 40 


Article numbers PS15R PS15B 

231 93 00 0 000 231 92 00 0 000 

146 

www.pfannenberg.com

Loudspeaker 118 dB (A) / 121 dB (A) 

PML 15 / PML 25 


• very sturdy loudspeaker especially for outdoor use 

• sound power 15/25 Watt 

• 118/121 dB (A) at full power 

• transmission of music and tones 


r = 

141 m 

PML 15 PML 25 

r = 

200 m 

IP 66 

IP 67 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

Loudspeaker 

max. signal 


max. signal 


Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Mechanical data PML 15 PML 25 

Sound pressure level 118 dB (A) @ 15 W 121 dB (A) @ 25 W 

Rated power 15 W 25 W 

15 W / 7.5 W / 3 W / 1 W taps 

25 W / 12.5 W / 6 W / 2 W taps 

70 V 

Transformer/ 

(Z = 336.67 Ω / 653.33 Ω / 1.6 kΩ / 4.9 kΩ) 

(Z = 196 Ω / 392 Ω / 816.67 Ω / 2.54 kΩ) 

power taps 

100 V 

15 W / 7.5 W / 3 W / 1 W taps 

(Z = 666.87 Ω / 1.34 kΩ / 3.34 kΩ / 10 kΩ) 

25 W / 12.5 W / 6 W / 2 W taps 

(Z = 400 Ω / 800 Ω / 1.67 kΩ / 5 kΩ) 

Impedance 8 Ω or 16 Ω 

Dispersion 120° @ 1 kHz / 32° @ 4 kHz 130° @ 1 kHz / 30° @ 4 kHz 

Frequency range 400 Hz up to 8,000 Hz 300 Hz up to 8,000 Hz 





Material UL 94 VO & 5VA classified ABS, grey (RAL 7038) 

Montage 

metal bracket 

Cable entry 



Weight 

70 V & 100 V connection: 3.0 kg / low-resistance connection: 2.5 kg 

Dimensions 

A 

B 

F 

PML 15 PML 25 

A Ø 181 Ø 220 

B Ø 142 

C 30 

D 166 

E 160 

E 

F 270.6 321 

C 

C 

D 

3 holes Ø 7 


Article numbers PML 15 PML 25 

8 Ω 230 95 00 0 300 230 96 00 0 300 

16 Ω 230 95 00 0 302 230 96 00 0 302 

100 V transformer 230 95 00 0 304 230 96 00 0 304 


147


Panel Mount Buzzers 

P 22 DBZ / P 28 DMC / P 28 DMB 

• acoustic signaling device for 22.5 mm and 28.6 mm mounting holes 

• available with 2 different types of signals in one device 

(continuous and pulsating tone) 

• guaranteed high protection system (IP 65) to the housing 

• also availbale wih easily adjustable volume control 

r = 

2 m 

P22 DBZ 

r = 

6 m 

P28 series 

IP 65 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 

max. signal 


max. signal 


Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 


P 22 DBZ 

Rated voltage 24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 115 V AC 230 V AC 

Rated current consumption 

15 – 30 mA 

Electrical data P 28 DMC948 P 28 DMC201 P 28 DMC301 P 28 DMB530 

Rated voltage 48 V DC 110 V AC 230 V AC 30 V DC 

Functional range 9 V – 48 V 30 V – 120 V 130 V – 230 V 5 V – 30 V 

Rated current consumption 

5 mA @ 9 V 

20 mA @ 48 V 

7 mA @ 30 V 

40 mA @ 120 V 

20 mA @ 130 V 

40 mA @ 220 V 

2 mA @ 5 V 

20 mA @ 30 V 

Mechanical data P 22 DBZ P 28 DMC948 P 28 DMC201 P 28 DMC301 P 28 DMB530 

Operation mode pulsating tone continuous tone continuous tone continuous tone 

continuous tone / 

pulsating tone 

Sound pressure level 80 dB (A) @ 10 cm 91 dB (A) @ 48V 91 dB (A) @ 120V 91 dB (A) @ 230V 91 dB (A) @ 30V 

Soud level reduction – up to 20 dB 

Service life > 50.000 h > 50.000 h 

Operating temperature - 25 °C ... + 50 °C - 25 °C ... + 65 °C 


Relative humidity 90 % @ + 20 °C 90 % @ + 40 °C 

Protection system according to EN 60529 IP 65 IP 65 

Material housing polycarbonate (PC) plastic “NORYL® N-190”, UL 49-VO, black 

Montage 

panel mount: 

Ø 22.5 mm 

panel mount: Ø 28.6 mm 


screw terminals 

1.5 mm 2 quick connect blades, 6.3 mm wide, 0.8 mm thick 


148 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Panel cutouts 

P 22 DBZ 

Ø 29 

13 

49 

max. 7 

49 

62 

22.5 

22 

P 28 DMC948 / P 28 DMC201 / P 28 DMC301 

Rear view Side view Ring Front view 

10.9 22.6 

35.8 

8 

Ø 28.6 

Electronic buzzers 

25.4 

± 2.5 

26.7 

32.8 

for mounting panels up to 

6.3 mm thick 

11.7 

38.2 

P 28 DMB530 

Rear view Side view Ring Front view 

common plus 

10.9 

22.6 

8 

35.8 

Ø 28.6 

25.4 

± 2.5 

26.7 

32.8 

for mounting panels up to 

6.3 mm thick 

continuous 

tone 

minus 

pulsating tone 

minus 

38.2 

11.7 



P 22 DBZ 

Rated voltage 24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 115 V AC 230 V AC 

232 70 80 0 000 232 70 70 0 000 232 70 15 0 000 232 70 10 0 000 

Article numbers P 28 DMC948 P 28 DMC201 P 28 DMC301 P 28 DMB530 

Rated voltage 48 V DC 110 V AC 230 V AC 30 V DC 

232 60 70 0 000 232 60 16 0 000 232 60 11 0 000 232 65 80 0 000 


Label 

holder 


only for 

P 22 DBZ 

Label 

holder 


only for 

P 22 DBZ 

See page 95 

for illustrations 


232 92 00 0 000 


232 91 00 0 000 


149



SON 2 DS 5 / DS 10 AC version DS 5 / DS 10 DC version 

External tone control 

tone 2: terminal 2 connected to ‘-‘ 

tone 3: terminal 1 connected to ‘-‘ 


connection 

Optional: 

volume control for 

DS 5 


connection 

(double pole) 

Tone selection 

(see table on 

page 131 for tone 

selection switch 

settings) 

115 V 

230 V 

AC 

L 

N 

PE 

X1 

Code switch for setting the tone 

Optional: programming mode 

for external tone selection 

L 

N 

PE 

Optional: 

external tone selection 

stage 2, 3 and 4 

12-48V DC 

24V AC 

X1 

for the supply of additional 

sounders; max. 10 of type 

DS 10 or max. 15 of type 

DS 5 

PA 130 

Connecting terminals (removable) 

Audio input 

0 dB 600 Ω 

Temperature sensor 

Code switch II 

1: audio: 

switch 1 to ON: activation of the terminal resistor 

(120 Ω) for cable monitoring 

- audio input 0 dB 600 Ω 

2: not used (normally set to OFF) 

3: cable monitoring 

switch 3 to ON: activation of the resistor (4K7) for 

cable monitoring (DC devices only) 

4: auxiliary relay 

switch 4 to ON: malfunction message output 

switch 4 to OFF: activation of additional devices 

Malfunction message-/ 

aux. relay NO/NC 


24 V (48 V DC) 

External tone selection 

L3-L5 

L3 

L4 

L5 

L6 

Tone 

selection 

Code switch I 

Self-test: 

switch 7 to OFF: 

activation of the 

self-test every 24 hrs 

(operating voltage, 

amplifier, driver, tone 

test - duration 2 s) 

LED‘s - OFF during troule-free operation 

operating voltage failure 

overheating 

driver not operating 

not used 

Normally 

set to ON 

Connecting 

terminals 

AC version 

Examples for external tone selection 

Setting of code 

switch I according 

to line 59 

Customer application 

Relay energised during trouble-free operation 

NO 

Factory setting 

Connecting 

terminals 

NC 

tone SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 

- 

51 x 

52 x 

53 x 

54 x 

audio x x 

55 x x 

– x x 

56 x x 

x = closed 

150 

www.pfannenberg.com


SON F1 PA 110 / PAB 110 AC version PA 110 / PAB 110 AC version 

Volume 

control 


switch 

Tone 

1 

2 

Tone selection switch SW1 


3 

4 

Connecting 

terminals, 

double pole 

5 

6 

7 

* 8 


connection 


stage 2 

(S2 connected to ‘-‘ ) 

or tones 8-10 

* 9 

* 10 

* To select 

tones 8-10: 

connect S2 

to ‘-‘ 

PA 100 / PA 106 AC version 

External 

tone selection 


connection 

External 


PA 100 / PA 106 DC version 


connection 


Volume control 





connection 

Connecting 

terminals, 

double pole 



connecting terminals, 

double pole 


PMA 112 / PMA 121 AC version 

PMA 112 / PMA 121 DC version 

S2 stage 2 

S3 stage 3 

S2 stage 2 

S3 stage 3 

Resistor for 

cable monitoring (PMA 112) 

PMA 112 PMA 121 

PMA 112 PMA 121 

C 

S2 - stage 2 

S3 - stage 3 

C 

S3 - stage 3 

S2 - stage 2 

S2 stage 2 

S3 stage 3 

S3 stage 3 

S2 stage 2 


151


PA 120 / PAB 120 AC version 


PA 120 / PAB 120 DC version 




connection, 

double pole 

External 



connection, 

double pole 

External 


PAS 106 / PAS 110 AC version 


Setting the jumper as shown doubles 

the length of te tone 

Microphone 

Record 

Playback 

Record 

button 

Use int. 

microphone 

Connection 

of ext. microphone 


connect S2 to C 

for message 2 

Power supply PCB 

Message 1 

Message 2 

LED display during recording: 

ON: message is being recorded 

OFF: message overfl ow 


connection, 

double pole 


Tone duration selection 

Setting the jumper as shown 

doubles the length of te tone 

Microphone 

Record 

Playback 

Record 

button 

Use int. 

microphone 

Connection 

of ext. microphone 



connection 

connect S2 to C 

for message 2 

Message 1 

Message 2 

LED display during recording: 

ON: message is being recorded 

OFF: message overfl ow 

152 

www.pfannenberg.com


PA 140 AC version 

PA 140 DC version 

Tone selection switch S1 

Tone selection switch S1 

External 


External 



connection 

PAS 106 SYNC 


connection 


Stage 3=message 3 

Stage 2=message 2 

Tone selection stage 1 

not used 

Playback mode 



Connector for programmer 

3 volume stages 


PS15R / PS15B PML 15 / PML 25 

PML 15 100V 


Signal voltage connection 

PML 25 100V 

Resistor for 

cable monitoring 


153

154 

Combined visual-audible signaling devices


Seeing and hearing – 

double alarms warn better! 

Visual-audible signaling 

devices offer double the 

amount of safety in one 

package 

Visual-audible 

signaling devices 

There are many industrial areas of use for signaling devices that 

are associated with adverse environmental conditions and higher 

demands, making the mutual assistance of acoustic and visual 

signals necessary. For example, when signals need to be noticed 

at great distances. 

Two scenarios make this clear. Visual signals, for example, are 

easily recognisable in the dark. However, as soon as there is 

sunlight, other lights, the factory lighting or welding fl ashes, the 

observer is faced with a barely distinguishable light smog. Therefore, 

acoustic assistance of the visual signal is necessary. 

The same applies to acoustic signals that have to penetrate through 

machine noise, environmental noise, voice noise, echoes, running 

motors and hearing protection. They are only reliable in being noticed 

with visual assistance. 

155

Combined visual-audible signaling devices 

All visual-audible signaling devices at a glance 

Type 



ambient noise level 


2.5 5 25 75 150 

Sound 

pressure 

level (tone) / 

Light 

power 

Protection 

system 

Dimensions 

(HxWxD) 




54-3 

Page 

P 22 DBF 

80 dB (A) 

@ 10 cm 

IP 65 Ø 29 x 52 157 

SON 4 

SON 4L 


5 Joules 


IP 55 

86 x 86 x 

AC: 102 

DC: 77 

158 

SON FL1 


5 Joules 

IP 55 

172 x 86 

x 83 

160 

DSF 5 

DSF 10 

105 dB (A) 

13 Joules 

110 dB (A) 

13 Joules 

IP 66 

IP 67 

263.5 x 133.5 

x 143 

162 

PAB 100 


5 Joules 

IP 56 

174 x 87 

x 83 

164 

PAB 106 

105 dB (A) 

5 Joules 

IP 56 

213 x 130 

x 132 

164 

PAB 110 

110 dB (A) 

5 Joules 

IP 56 

252 x 168 

x 168 

166 

PAB 120 

120 dB (A) 

5 Joules 

IP 56 

273 x 190 

x 191.5 

166 

PMCA 112-05 

112 dB (A) 

5 Joules 

IP 67 Ø 181 x 385.1 

168 

PMCA 112-L1 112 dB (A) 170 

1 





available 






156 

www.pfannenberg.com


Blinking LED Panel Mount Indicator with buzzer 

P 22 DBF 

• indicator lamp/buzzer combination for 22.5 mounting hole 

• guaranteed high protection system (IP 65) to the housing 

• superior design, therefore, high signaling effect on all sides 

• space-saving combination of buzzer and blinking LED indicator for 

increasing the effect of the signal 

• easy to mount label holders available as an accessory 

• simple electrical connection by means of screw terminals 

r = 

2 m 

Acoustic range 

according to 

EN 54 

IP 65 

Protection 

system 


+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

P 22 DBF 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 48 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 

Rated current consumption 18 – 30 mA 18 – 30 mA 20 – 80 mA 20 – 80 mA 


P 22 DBF 

Operating mode 1 Hz blinking light with buzzer (pulsating tone) 

Sound pressure level 80 dB (A) @ 10 cm 

Light source LED array 

Service life of the light source > 50.000 hrs 

Lens colours 

red 




IP 65 (to housing) 

Mounting 

panel-mounting: Ø 22.5 mm 



Type of connection screw terminals 1.5 mm 2 

Weight 

Dimensions 

Ø 29 

90 g 

Panel cut-out 

49 

13 

max. 7 

49 

62 

22.5 

22 



Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 115 V AC 24 V AC/DC 

red 232 72 10 5 000 232 72 15 5 000 232 72 15 5 000 232 72 80 5 000 


Label 

holder 


Label 

holder 


See page 95 

for illustrations 


232 92 00 0 000 


232 91 00 0 000 


157


Flashing Sounder 100 dB (A) / 0.25 Joules SON 4 

LED Blinking Sounder 100 dB (A) SON 4L 

• automatic synchronisation in system mode 

• volume control 

• reverse polarity protection 


• 2 additional externally selectable tones 


r = 

18 m 

IP 55 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

EN 

54-3 

VdS 

G209080 

Acoustic 

range 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Standard 

Electrical data SON 4 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V AC 24 V DC 


Operating range ± 10 % ± 10 % ± 10 % ± 25 % 

Rated current consumption 30 mA 50 mA 180 mA 150 mA 


SON 4L 



Operating range ± 10 % ± 10 % ± 10 % ± 25 % ± 25 % ± 25 % 

Rated current consumption 20 mA 25 mA 60 mA 40 mA 50 mA 50 mA 

Mechanical data SON 4 SON 4L 

Sound pressure level 100 dB (A) 

Alarm tones 

32, 3-stage alarm 

Flash energy 

0.25 Joules 

Flash rate / Blinking frequency 1 Hz 2 Hz 

Light source xenon fl ash tube 5 high output LEDs 






Material 

lens 


housing UL 94 VO & 5VA classifi ed ABS 

Colour housing RAL 3000 (fl ame red), optionally grey or white 

Cable entry 



Weight 

Dimensions 

SON 4 / SON 4L AC version 

86 

AC: 400 g / DC: 300 g 

SON 4 / SON 4L DC version 

86 


IP 56 

86 

102 

86 

77 

Protection 

system 

158 

www.pfannenberg.com


Alarm tone table SON 4 

































tone 32 Australian evacuation alarm, 500 Hz / 1200 Hz, 3.75 s signal, 0.25 s gap tone 30 tone 26 




Alarm tone table SON 4L 

Stage 1 Description - Frequency dB @ 1 m Stage 2 

tone 1 alternating tone 800 / 1000 Hz, alternation every 0.25 s 99 dB @ 1 m tone 8 

tone 2 slow whoop 500-1200 Hz, switching frequency 0.3 Hz, 0.5 s 100 dB @ 1 m tone 1 

tone 3 1200 / 500 Hz, 1 Hz – DIN / PFEER P.T.A.P. 99 dB @ 1 m tone 8 

tone 4 alternating tone 544 Hz (100 ms) / 440 Hz (400 ms) – NF S 32-001 97 dB @ 1 m tone 9 

tone 5 simulated bell 95 dB @ 1 m tone 1 

tone 6 sweeping 800 / 1000 Hz, switching frequency 7 Hz 99 dB @ 1 m tone 8 

tone 7 Australian evacuation alarm, 500 Hz / 1200 Hz, 3.75 s signal, 0.25 s gap 100 dB @ 1 m tone 10 

tone 8 continuous tone 1000 Hz – PFEER toxic gas 100 dB @ 1 m – 

tone 9 continuous tone 554 Hz 97 dB @ 1 m – 

tone 10 interrupted tone 420 Hz, every 0.625 s – Australian alert 97 dB @ 1 m – 



Article numbers SON 4 SON 4L 


yellow 232 40 10 3 010 232 40 15 3 010 232 40 80 3 010 

amber 232 40 10 4 010 232 40 15 4 010 232 40 80 4 010 232 41 10 4 010 232 41 15 4 010 232 41 80 4 010 

red 232 40 10 5 010 232 40 15 5 010 232 40 80 5 010 232 41 10 5 010 232 41 15 5 010 232 41 80 5 010 



159


Flashing Sounder 100 dB (A) / 5 Joules SON FL1 

LED Blinking Sounder 100 dB (A) / SON FL1L 


• 1 additional externally selectable tone 


• reverse polarity protection 



r = 

18 m 

IP 55 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

EN 

54-3 

Acoustic 

range 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Standard 

Electrical data SON FL1 SON FL1L 

Rated voltage 24 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 

Operating range 20 V – 28 V 10 V – 14 V 20 V – 28 V 

Rated current consumption 275 mA 525 mA 125 mA 

Mechanical data SON FL1 SON FL1L 

Sound pressure level 100 dB (A) 

Alarm tones 

10, 2-stage alarm 

Flash energy 

5 Joules 

Flash / blink frequency 1 Hz 2 Hz, can be set to blinking or continuous light 

Light source xenon fl ash tube 8 high output LED 

Lens colours 







Material 

lens 


housing UL 94 VO & 5VA classifi ed ABS 

Colour housing RAL 3000 (fl ame red), optionally grey or white 

Cable entry 




160 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

98 

83 

86 

86 

Ø 6 

86 

172 


Stage 1 Description - Frequency dB @ 1 m Stage 2 

tone 1 alternating tone 800 / 1000 Hz, alternation every 0.25 s 99 dB @ 1 m tone 8 

tone 2 slow whoop 500-1200 Hz, switching frequency 0.3 Hz, 0.5 s 100 dB @ 1 m tone 1 

tone 3 1200 / 500 Hz, 1 Hz – DIN / PFEER P.T.A.P. 99 dB @ 1 m tone 8 

tone 4 alternating tone 544 Hz (100 ms) / 440 Hz (400 ms) – NF S 32-001 97 dB @ 1 m tone 9 

tone 5 simulated bell 95 dB @ 1 m tone 1 

tone 6 sweeping 800 / 1000 Hz, switching frequency 7 Hz 99 dB @ 1 m tone 8 

tone 7 Australian evacuation alarm, 500 Hz / 1200 Hz, 3.75 s signal, 0.25 s gap 100 dB @ 1 m tone 10 



tone 8 continuous tone 1000 Hz – PFEER toxic gas 100 dB @ 1 m – 

tone 9 continuous tone 554 Hz 97 dB @ 1 m – 

tone 10 interrupted tone 420 Hz, every 0.625 s – Australian alert 97 dB @ 1 m – 



Article numbers SON FL1 SON FL1L 

Lens colour Rated voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 

amber 232 52 80 4 010 232 53 80 4 010 

red 232 52 80 5 010 232 53 80 5 010 



IP 56 

Protection 

system 

C US 

LISTED 


161


Flashing Sounders 105 dB (A) / 110 dB (A) / 13 Joules 

DSF 10 / DSF 5 

The powerful fl ashing sounder 

• extremely bright and loud due to 13 Joules, 110 dB (A) or 105 dB (A) 

• high reliability and long service life 

• 31 different sound signals can be set 

• up to four externally selectable tones (optional) 

Further detailed specifications for the Quadro flashing light on page 46. 

r = 

32 m 

DSF 5 

r = 

56 m 

DSF 10 

IP 66 

IP 67 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

Acoustic 

range 

Acoustic 

range 

Protection 

system 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data DSF 5 DSF 10 





Mechanical data DSF 5 DSF 10 


Flash energy 

13 Joules 

Lens colour 






Impact resistance of the flashing light IK 08 (as per EN 50102) 


Service life of the light source 


Material 

sounder die-cast aluminium GD-AI Si12 Cu 



Surface coating sounder epoxy resin paint RAL 3000, fl ame red 

Cable bushing 2 x M20 x 1.5 

Clamping range of the cable screw fitting 


Connecting terminal cross-section max. 2.5 mm 2 

Mounting do not direct the opening of the sound horn upwards 

Weight 

2.6 kg 


Article numbers DSF 5 DSF 10 


Standard; red lens 231 07 10 5 000 231 07 15 5 000 231 07 80 5 000 231 12 10 5 000 231 12 15 5 000 231 12 80 5 000 

TAS (external tone selection); red lens 231 07 10 5 152 231 07 15 5 152 231 07 80 5 152 231 12 10 5 152 231 12 15 5 152 231 12 80 5 152 



(4 variants) 

GOST 

162 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

130 

113.5 

130 

113.5 

143 

150 

M20 x 1.5 

Ø 7 

Blanking plug 

(for M20) 

133.5 

150 

71.5 

71.5 


Tone 

Code switch 



Stage 2 

Stage 3 

Stage 4 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

0 no tone 1 5 4 

1 

2 


DIN 33 404, part 3 



3 2 4 

1 4 3 




Tone 

Code switch 

1 2 3 4 5 6 



Stage 2 

Stage 3 

Stage 4 



20 

21 

22 



SOLAS III/6.4 


– leave ship – 


with gap 

9 21 26 

20 9 26 

19 14 2 



6 siren 1 4 9 

7 

8 

fire alarm France – 

NFS21-001 – 

emergency signal Sweden 

– SS 031711 – 

3 10 4 

2 3 4 

9 horn 1 3 4 









23 siren 27 12 2 




27 siren 13 23 19 

28 siren 7 10 4 

29 siren – Hoechst – 1 30 9 


31 

32 

siren 

– NF C 48-265 – 



3 14 4 


DIN EN 54-3: 2001 + 

DIN EN 54-3/A1: 2001 

EN 50 130-4: 1996 

EN 61 000-6-2 

EN 61 000-6-3 

EN 60 947-1: 2003 

EN 60 529: 2000 

Fire alarm systems - part 3: fire alarm devices; 

Audible signaling devices and annex A1 

Stability of system components for fire and 

burglar alarm systems 

EMV, stability for industrial areas 

EMV, emission standard for residential commercial, 

and light-industrial environments 

Low voltage switchgear standard 

Protection system by enclosure (IP code) 

DIN EN ISO 7731 Ergonomic – alarms for public areas and workplaces – 


DIN 33 404/3: 1982 Alarms for workplaces, unified emergency signal 

ISO 8201: 1987 Evacuation alarm 

DIN EN 981: 1997 System of acoustic and visual alarm signals 


ISO 11 429: 1996 System of acoustic and visual alarm signals 



163


Flashing Sounders 100 dB (A) / 105 dB (A) / 5 Joules 

PAB 100 / PAB 106 

In loud workplaces, the addition of visual alarms to support acoustic 

alarms is meaningful and is even required if limit values are exceeded. 

The fl ash colour ‘yellow’ is specifi ed in accident prevention regulations 

as the warning signal. The sounder’s 32 different warning signals 

allow adaptation to individual internal alarm structures. 

• fl ashing light and sounder can be connected separately 

• automatic synchronisation when controlling several devices 

r = 

18 m 


according to 

EN 54 

PAB 100 

r = 

32 m 


according to 

EN 54 

PAB 106 

IP 56 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data PAB 100 



Operating range ± 10 % ± 10 % ± 10 % 42 V – 54 V 20 V – 28 V 


Electrical data PAB 106 





Mechanical data PAB 100 PAB 106 

Sound pressure level 100 dB (A) 105 dB (A) 


by - 15 dB via potentiometer 

Flash energy 

5 Joules 

Flash rate 







sounder ABS, self-extinguishing, similar to UL 94 VO 

Material 

flashing light body 

ABS, self-extinguishing, similar to UL 94 VO 

flashing light lens 


Colour 

housing similar to RAL 3000 (fl ame red) 



Cable entry M20 diaphragm nipple 

Weight 

AC 570 g 1200 g 

DC 460 g 460 g 


C US 

LISTED 

GOST 

164 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

98 

PAB 100 PAB 106 

83 

Ø 6.3 

86 

87 

213 

83 

Ø 7.3 

130 

87 

M20 

143 

132 


Basic 

tone 

Stage 


no. 

2 3 










10 

alternating tone 2400 / 2900 Hz, 

alternation every 0.25 s 

7 5 






16 interrupted tone 660 Hz, 150 ms signal, 150 ms gap 18 5 

Basic 

tone 

no. 


Stage 

2 3 

17 


(NF S 32-001) 

2 27 


19 



2 5 


















Article numbers PAB 100 PAB 106 


yellow lens 230 50 10 3 000 230 50 16 3 000 230 50 80 3 000 230 56 10 3 000 230 56 16 3 000 230 56 80 3 000 

amber lens 230 50 10 4 000 230 50 16 4 000 230 50 80 4 000 230 56 10 4 000 230 56 16 4 000 230 56 80 4 000 

red lens 230 50 10 5 000 230 50 16 5 000 230 50 80 5 000 230 56 10 5 000 230 56 16 5 000 230 56 80 5 000 

yellow lens, UL 230 50 10 3 002 230 50 16 3 002 230 50 80 3 002 230 56 10 3 002 230 56 16 3 002 230 56 80 3 002 

amber lens, UL 230 50 10 4 002 230 50 16 4 002 230 50 80 4 002 230 56 10 4 002 230 56 16 4 002 230 56 80 4 002 

red lens, UL 230 50 10 5 002 230 50 16 5 002 230 50 80 5 002 230 56 10 5 002 230 56 16 5 002 230 56 80 5 002 





EN 60204-1 




165


Flashing Sounders 110 dB (A) / 120 dB (A) / 5 Joules 

PAB 110 / PAB 120 

In loud workplaces, the addition of visual alarms to support acoustic 

alarms is meaningful and is even required if limit values are exceeded. 

The fl ash colour ‘yellow’ is specifi ed in accident prevention regulations 

as the warning signal. The sounder’s 32 different warning signals 

allow adaptation to individual internal alarm structures. 

• fl ashing light and sounder can be connected separately 

r = 

56m 

PAB 110 

r = 

178m 

PAB 120 

IP 56 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

Acoustic 

range 

Acoustic 

range 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 











Mechanical data PAB 110 PAB 120 


Sound level reduction by -12 dB via potentiometer by -10 dB via potentiometer 

Flash energy 

5 Joules 

Flash rate 







sounder ABS, self-extinguishing, similar to UL 94 VO 

Material 

flashing light body 

ABS, self-extinguishing, similar to UL 94 VO 



Colour 

housing similar to RAL 3000 (fl ame red) 



Cable entry M20 diaphragm nipple 

Weight 

AC 2.3 kg 2.9 kg 

DC 2.0 kg 2.3 kg 


C US 

LISTED 

GOST 

166 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

86 

PAB 120 PAB 110 

83 

86 

273 

252 

83 

168 


Basic 

tone 

Stage 


no. 

2 3 
















16 interrupted tone 660 Hz, 150 ms signal, 150 ms gap 18 5 

17 


(NF S 32-001) 

2 27 


19 



2 5 




Basic 

tone 

no. 


Stage 

2 3 











33 interrupted tone 745 Hz, 0.5 s signal, 0.5 s gap 2 – 

34 alternating tone 1000 / 2000 Hz, alternation every 0.5 s 38 45 

35 interrupted tone 420 Hz, every 0.625 s 36 5 

36 

slow whoop 500 Hz 

up to 1200 Hz within 0.375 s, 0.25 s gap 

35 5 




40 


(NF S 32-001) 

31 27 





45 1000 Hz, 1 s signal, 1 s gap 38 34 





Article numbers PAB 110 PAB 120 


yellow lens 230 60 10 3 000 230 60 16 3 000 230 60 80 3 000 230 65 10 3 000 230 65 16 3 000 230 65 80 3 000 

amber lens 230 60 10 4 000 230 60 16 4 000 230 60 80 4 000 230 65 10 4 000 230 65 16 4 000 230 65 80 4 000 

red lens 230 60 10 5 000 230 60 16 5 000 230 60 80 5 000 230 65 10 5 000 230 65 16 5 000 230 65 80 5 000 

yellow lens, UL 230 60 10 3 002 230 60 16 3 002 230 60 80 3 002 230 65 10 3 002 230 65 16 3 002 230 65 80 3 002 

amber lens, UL 230 60 10 4 002 230 60 16 4 002 230 60 80 4 002 230 65 10 4 002 230 65 16 4 002 230 65 80 4 002 

red lens, UL 230 60 10 5 002 230 60 16 5 002 230 60 80 5 002 230 65 10 5 002 230 65 16 5 002 230 65 80 5 002 





EN 60204-1 




167


Flashing Sounder 112 dB (A) / 5 Joules 

PMCA 112-05 

• 3-stage alarm (2 additional stages) 

• stage control possible via minus or plus 


• automatic synchronisation or alternating fl ash mode 

• can be operated via common or separate voltage supplies 

r = 

71 m 

IP 66 

IP 67 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

Acoustic 

range 

Protection 

system 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 


PMCA 112-05 sounder 



Operating range ± 10 % ± 10 % 35 V – 60 V 10 V – 30 V 



PMCA 112-05 flashing light 





Mechanical data PMCA 112-05 


112 dB (A) ± 3 dB 

Alarm tones 


Flash energy 

5 Joules 

Flash rate 






lens 


Material 

housing UL 94 VO & 5VA classified ABS 



Colour 

lens 


housing grey (RAL 7038) 

Cable entry 



Weight 

AC version: 3.5 kg; DC version: 3.0 kg 

Dimensions 

Ø 181 

170.6 

385.1 

30 30 

166 


3 x Ø 7 

160 

168 

www.pfannenberg.com



Stage 1 Description - Frequency dB @ 1 m Stage 2 Stage 3 

tone 1 continuous tone 340 Hz 107 dB @ 1 m tone 2 tone 5 

tone 2 alternating tone 800 / 1000 Hz, alternation every 0.25 s 112 dB @ 1 m tone 17 tone 5 

tone 3 slow whoop 500-1200 Hz, switching frequency 0.3 Hz, 0.5 s 113 dB @ 1 m tone 2 tone 5 

tone 4 sweeping 800 / 1000 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz 113 dB @ 1 m tone 6 tone 5 


tone 6 sweeping 2400 / 2900 Hz, switching frequency 7 Hz 119 dB @ 1 m tone 7 tone 5 


tone 8 sweeping 500 / 1200 / 500 Hz, switching frequency 0.3 Hz 113 dB @ 1 m tone 2 tone 5 

tone 9 1200 / 500 Hz, 1 Hz – DIN / PFEER P.T.A.P. 113 dB @ 1 m tone 15 tone 2 

tone 10 alternating tone 2400 / 2900 Hz, switching frequency 2 Hz 119 dB @ 1 m tone 7 tone 5 

tone 11 interrupted tone 1000 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz 112 dB @ 1 m tone 2 tone 5 

tone 12 alternating tone 800 / 1000 Hz, switching frequency 0.875 Hz 112 dB @ 1 m tone 4 tone 5 

tone 13 interrupted tone 2400 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz 119 dB @ 1 m tone 15 tone 5 

tone 14 interrupted tone 800 Hz, 0.25 s signal, 1 s gap 113 dB @ 1 m tone 4 tone 5 


tone 16 interrupted tone 660 Hz, 150 ms signal, 150 ms gap 109 dB @ 1 m tone 18 tone 5 

tone 17 alternating tone 544 Hz (100 ms) / 440 Hz (400 ms) – NF S 32-001 109 dB @ 1 m tone 2 tone 27 

tone 18 interrupted tone 660 Hz, 1.8 s signal, 1.8 s gap 109 dB @ 1 m tone 2 tone 5 

tone 19 sweeping 1400 Hz –1600 Hz rising 1 s, falling 0.5 s – NF C 48-265 114 dB @ 1 m tone 2 tone 5 









tone 26 simulated bell 108 dB @ 1 m tone 2 tone 15 





tone 31 siren 660 / 1200 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz 112 dB @ 1 m tone 26 tone 5 

tone 32 2-tone bell sound 108 dB @ 1 m tone 26 tone 15 


tone 34 alternating tone 1000 Hz / 2000 Hz, alternation every 0.5 s – Singapore 114 dB @ 1 m tone 38 tone 45 

tone 35 interrupted tone 420 Hz, every 0.625 s – Australian alert 108 dB @ 1 m tone 36 tone 5 

tone 36 slow whoop 500-1200 Hz within 0.375 s, 0.25 s gap 113 dB @ 1 m tone 35 tone 5 

tone 37 continuous tone 1000 Hz – PFEER toxic gas 112 dB @ 1 m tone 9 tone 45 




tone 41 motor siren, slowly rising to 1200 Hz 113 dB @ 1 m tone 2 tone 5 




tone 45 1000 Hz, 1 s signal, 1 s gap – PFEER general alarm 112 dB @ 1 m tone 38 tone 34 


Article numbers PMCA 112-05 

Version Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V DC 

red lens 230 93 10 5 000 230 93 15 5 000 230 93 80 5 000 



169


Marine series LED Flashing Sounder 112 dB (A) 

PMCA 112-L1 

• 3-stage acoustic alarm (2 additional stages) 

• tone stage control possible via minus or plus 


• 3-stage visual operation (2 additional stages) with a total of 9 

different operating modes, externally selectable or can be set 

internally (see also LED light PMBL 1, page 84) 

• automatic synchronized operation of visual alarm 


r = 

71 m 

IP 66 

IP 67 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

Acoustic 

range 

Protection 

system 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 


PMCA 112-L1 sounder 






PMCA 112-L1 LED light 





Mechanical data PMCA 112-L1 


112 dB (A) ± 3 dB 

Alarm tones 


Light source 

high output LED array; 32 pieces 





lens 


Material 

housing UL 94 VO & 5VA classified ABS 



Colour 

lens 


housing grey (RAL 7038) 

Cable entry 



Weight 

AC version: 3.5 kg; DC version: 3.0 kg 

Dimensions 

LED light operating modes 

Ø 181 

170.6 

385.1 

Mode Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 

1 all on 9 8 





30 30 

166 


3 x Ø 7 

160 





170 

www.pfannenberg.com



Stage 1 Description - Frequency dB @ 1 m Stage 2 Stage 3 


tone 2 alternating tone 800 / 1000 Hz, alternation every 0.25 s 112 dB @ 1 m tone 17 tone 5 

tone 3 slow whoop 500-1200 Hz, switching frequency 0.3 Hz, 0.5 s 113 dB @ 1 m tone 2 tone 5 





tone 8 sweeping 500 / 1200 / 500 Hz, switching frequency 0.3 Hz 113 dB @ 1 m tone 2 tone 5 

tone 9 1200 / 500 Hz, 1 Hz – DIN / PFEER P.T.A.P. 113 dB @ 1 m tone 15 tone 2 


tone 11 interrupted tone 1000 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz 112 dB @ 1 m tone 2 tone 5 

tone 12 alternating tone 800 / 1000 Hz, switching frequency 0.875 Hz 112 dB @ 1 m tone 4 tone 5 




tone 16 interrupted tone 660 Hz, 150 ms signal, 150 ms gap 109 dB @ 1 m tone 18 tone 5 



tone 19 sweeping 1400 Hz –1600 Hz rising 1 s, falling 0.5 s – NF C 48-265 114 dB @ 1 m tone 2 tone 5 









tone 26 simulated bell 108 dB @ 1 m tone 2 tone 15 





tone 31 siren 660 / 1200 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz 112 dB @ 1 m tone 26 tone 5 

tone 32 2-tone bell sound 108 dB @ 1 m tone 26 tone 15 


tone 34 alternating tone 1000 Hz / 2000 Hz, alternation every 0.5 s – Singapore 114 dB @ 1 m tone 38 tone 45 

tone 35 interrupted tone 420 Hz, every 0.625 s – Australian alert 108 dB @ 1 m tone 36 tone 5 

tone 36 slow whoop 500-1200 Hz within 0.375 s, 0.25 s gap 113 dB @ 1 m tone 35 tone 5 

tone 37 continuous tone 1000 Hz – PFEER toxic gas 112 dB @ 1 m tone 9 tone 45 








tone 45 1000 Hz, 1 s signal, 1 s gap – PFEER general alarm 112 dB @ 1 m tone 38 tone 34 


Article numbers PMCA 112-L1 


red lens 230 94 10 5 000 230 94 15 5 000 230 94 80 5 000 



171



SON 4 

SON FL1 

External tone control 

Volume 

control 


switch 


connection 

Tone selection switch 

Settings of DIP switches 6 – 8: 

switch 6: not used 

switch 7 to ON: 

medium volume 

switch 8 to ON: 

maximum volume 

switches 7 and 8 to ON: 

standard volume 

tone 1 

tone 2 

tone 3 

tone 4 

tone 5 

tone 6 

tone 7 

* tone 8 

* tone 9 

* tone 10 


(S2 connected to ‚-‘) 

or tones 8 – 10 


connection - 24V DC 

S2 stage 2 

S3 stage 3 

S2 

stage 2 

SON 4L AC version 

SON 4L DC version 

S2 stage 2 

S3 stage 3 

S2 stage 2 

S3 stage 3 

stage 3 

stage 2 

Tone 

Tone selection: 

to select a tone, place the jumper in the positions shown above 

DSF 5 / DSF 10 sounder 

- stage 3 

- stage 2 

DSF 5 / DSF 10 flashing/continuous light 

AC version DC version Flashing 

light 

for supplying power to additional devices 

Continuous light 

for supplying power to 

additional sounders; max. 10 

of type DS 10 or max. 15 of 

type DS 5 

Operating 

voltage 

connection 

172 

www.pfannenberg.com


PAB 100 / PAB 106 sounder AC version 

PAB 100 / PAB 106 sounder DC version 

Volume 

control 



External tone 

selection 


connection 

Connecting 

terminals, 

double pole 



Connecting terminals, 

double pole 


PAB 110 / PAB 120 sounder AC version 

PAB 110 / PAB 120 sounder AC version 




Connecting 

terminals, 

double pole 



PAB 100 / PAB 106 / PAB 110 / PAB 120 

flashing light AC version 

PAB 100 / PAB 106 / PAB 110 / PAB 120 

flashing light DC version 


Operating 

voltage 

connection 

PMCA 112-05 PMCA 112-L1 

AC version DC version AC version DC version 

Stage 2 

Stage 3 

Stage 2 

Stage 3 


173

174 

Signal Towers


Signal Towers – 

an important component 

of your process reliability! 

Benefit from the versatile 

uses of our range of 

signal towers 

Just imagine a simple traffi c light, equipped with the shining colours 

red, yellow and green. Everybody knows what the colours mean; a 

particular situation in the road traffi c process. This traffic light could 

theoretically also be equipped with acoustic assistance. If the light 

is red, a tone is heard that means ‚stop‘; if it‘s yellow, ‚attention: get 

ready to go‘ is signalled acoustically etc. 

Signal Towers 

You can assemble Pfannenberg signal lights with their stable stainless 

steel tubular stands individually according to this example and 

exactly as your machine pool demands it. One look at the signal tower 

and the observer knows and hears instantly which process state 

the machine in question is in. For example, ‘start’, ‘warm-up phase’, 

‘optimum operating temperature’, ‘overheating’ etc. 

Signal technology can be as intelligent as that. 

Our signal lights can be supplied as continuous, LED, blinking or 

flashing lights for safety-relevant applications and carry UL and GOST 

approvals in addition to the obligatory CE marking. 

175

Signal Towers 

Signal tower Ø 35 mm 

BR 35 

IP 54 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 35 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

• modular design with six different colour elements and four mounting 

methods offers endless combination possibilities 

• high protection system 

• the light is amplifi ed by the internal prisms of the impact-proof, 

heat-resistant and dustproof polycarbonate lens and can be easily 

identifi ed from all sides 

• appealing design with a diameter of just 35 mm 

• the BR 35 signal tower is the attractive icing on the cake for machine 

and production lines 

• for use in electronic production, in laboratories, in medical technology 

and in all other indoor applications 

• the technically and economically optimum solution for every 

application 

• registered design no. Nr. 9706583.8, utility patent no. 29716867.3 

Electrical data BR 35 



Operating range - 15% / + 10% - 15% / + 10% - 15% / + 20% - 15% / + 20% 

Capacity of light source 3 W 3 W 4 W 4 W 

Mechanical data BR 35 

Light source 

AC 

BA9s, 3 W 

DC 

BA9s, max. 4 W 

Number of modules 

max. 5 (max. 4 light modules and 1 sounder module) 

Lens colours clear, yellow, amber, red, green, blue 

Sound pressure level, sounder module 

75 dB (A) 






Servie life of light sources 

approx. 1,000 h 

housing acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) 

Material 

lens 


tube 


Type of connection cable length 0.5 m tube mounting; 0.65 panel mounting 

Terminal cross-section single wire: 1.5 mm 2 , fi ne wire: 0.14 – 1.5 mm 2 

Mounting information just one screw is suffi cient for exchanging beacon fi lters or light bulbs 

Mounting methods mounting stand, plinth mounting, tube mounting, panel mounting (see drawings on page 177) 

176 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Stand mounting Plinth mounting Tube mounting Panel mounting 

L4 

Seal 

Mounting 

surface 

L1 

35 

L2 

L3 

35 

Intermediate 

pieces, 

standard 

3 pieces 

48 

147 

20 

35 

M12 x 1 

L = 500 

60 

60 

60 

M12 x 1 

20 

11 

M20 x 1.5 

L = 650 

164 

Mounting cut-out 

16.5 

45° 

11 

Ø 4.5 

Ø 4.5 

Ø 13 

L = 500 

47.5 

47.5 

L1 L2 L3 L4 

1-stage 228 228 210 91 

2-stage 276 276 258 142 

Signal Towers 

3-stage 324 324 306 190 

4-stage 372 372 354 238 

5-stage 420 420 402 286 



4 

3 

2 

Connecting cable 

colours 

1 = grey 

2 = red 

3 = blue 

4 = green 

–/N = black 

1 


177

Signal Towers 



BR 35 mounting stand 

Version Rated voltage 230 V AC 24 V DC 

1-stage BR 35-1-S 220 80 10 1 000 220 80 80 1 000 

2-stage BR 35-2-S 220 80 10 2 000 220 80 80 2 000 

3-stage BR 35-3-S 220 80 10 3 000 220 80 80 3 000 

4-stage BR 35-4-S 220 80 10 4 000 220 80 80 4 000 

3-stage with fixed colour order: 

top: red, middle: yellow, bottom: green 


220 80 10 0 000 220 80 80 0 000 

BR 35 plinth mounting 


1-stage BR 35-1-P 220 81 10 1 000 220 81 80 1 000 

2-stage BR 35-2-P 220 81 10 2 000 220 81 80 2 000 

3-stage BR 35-3-P 220 81 10 3 000 220 81 80 3 000 

4-stage BR 35-4-P 220 81 10 4 000 220 81 80 4 000 


BR 35 tube mounting 


1-stage BR 35-1-T 220 82 10 1 000 220 82 80 1 000 

2-stage BR 35-2-T 220 82 10 2 000 220 82 80 2 000 

3-stage BR 35-3-T 220 82 10 3 000 220 82 80 3 000 

4-stage BR 35-4-T 220 82 10 4 000 220 82 80 4 000 


BR 35 panel mounting 


1-stage BR 35-1-PM 220 83 10 1 000 220 83 80 1 000 

2-stage BR 35-2-PM 220 83 10 2 000 220 83 80 2 000 

3-stage BR 35-3-PM 220 83 10 3 000 220 83 80 3 000 

4-stage BR 35-4-PM 220 83 10 4 000 220 83 80 4 000 



Mounting 

bracket 


282 35 20 0 020 

for standor 

plinth 

mounting 

(plastic) 

Mounting 

bracket 


282 35 20 0 010 

for tube 

mounting 

(metal) 

Assembly 

kit 

Sounder 

module 


282 35 80 8 000 

Short 

foot 

plinth-mounted 

device 

with short foot 

Light source 

C US 

LISTED 

GOST 

See page 183 for 


Ordering examples 


A 

A 

A 

A 

B 

B 

B 

B 

C 

C 

C 

C 

D 

D 

D 

D 

3-stage BR 35 

with mounting stand 

24 V DC, colour order: A = red 

B = yellow 

C = green 


220 80 80 3 000 

3-stage BR 35 

with plinth mounting 

230 V AC, colour order: A = red 

B = yellow 

C = green 


220 81 10 3 000 

3-stage BR 35 

with tube mounting 

24 V DC, colour order: A = yellow 

B = clear 

C = green 


220 82 80 3 000 

1-stage BR 35 

for panel mounting 

230 V AC, colour order: A = red 


220 83 10 1 000 

178 

www.pfannenberg.com

Signal tower Ø 54 mm 

BR 50 


IP 54 

Protection 

system 

IP 65 

Option 

UL 

+ 50 °C 

- 25 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

• modular design with sturdy housing for all indoor and outdoor 

applications in tough conditions 

• wherever machine status needs to be displayed and warning signals 

given 

• high protection system IP 54 (optionally IP 65) 

• fl exible building kit system guarantees easy handling 

• up to 5 modules with 6 lens colours can be combined as desired by 

simply plugging together, even retrospectively 

• mechanical and electronic components are uncoupled, resulting in a 

more stable structure that is less sensitive to vibration 

• many different variations are possible, can be fi xed by means of 

tubular stand, tube or direct mounting 

• made of environmentally-friendly materials as per DIN ISO 14000 

• monitored module for greater safety; the light bulb has two separate 

LED strands. If one strand fails, the alarm contact is activated and 

the second strand continues to light 

Technical data BR 50 

Modules continuous light blinking light 1,5 Hz fl ashing light 

monitored continuous 

light 

AS-i AS-i-AB 

BR 50 AS-i Bus slave 

sounder 

Colours 


Segment stages (total) max. 5 (order and colour can be selected individually) max. 3 max. 4 max. 3 

Angle of radiation 360° 

Light source 

bulb 

bulb 

2 x 8 LED not 

LED 

BA15d 1 1 LED 

BA15d 1 1 exchangeable 

AS-i profile: 

Rated 

per stage 7 W depending 7 W depending 

S-8.F.E S-8.A.E 

power per stage if 5 stages 5 W on voltage 5 W on voltage 

alarm output: 

AS-i specification: 

Flash 230 V / 115 V AC 0.6 Joules max. 230 V / 

AS-i 3.0 / EN 50295 

energy 

80 mA 

24 V AC/DC 24 V: 1 Joules 

R ONmax 

= 35 Ω 

Flash frequency approx. 1 Hz 

(closed at 

programming 

Sound pressure level error-free 85 dB (A) DC-Jack, Ø 1.3 mm 

Tones 

operation) 

7 

Rated current 

230 V AC 35 mA 15 mA 35 mA – 10,5 mA 15 mA max. slave/master 

consumption 115 V AC 64 mA 15 mA – – 20 mA 15 mA 31 62 

(50/60 Hz) 

operating range -15 % ... +10 % -10 % ... +15 % -15 % ... +10 % 

Rated current 

consumption 

Operating 

temperature 

24 V DC DC: 300 mA DC: 30 mA DC: 250 mA DC: 30 mA AC/DC: 100mA 

DC: approx. 

35 mA 

12 mA < 0.25 A 

operating range -15 % ... +20 % 10 V – 30 V 

AC: 10 –27 V 

DC: 10 –35 V 

-15 % ... +20 % 26.5 V – 31.6 V 

with bulb -25 °C ... +50 °C -25 °C ... +50 °C -25°C ... +50°C -10°C ... +45°C 

with LED -30 °C ... +60 °C 


Protection system according 

IP 54 IP 43 

to EN 60529 


approx. 

1,500 hrs 

approx. 

50,000 hrs 

approx. 

1,500 hrs 

approx. 

50,000 hrs 

light emission 

still 70 % 

after 8,000,000 

fl ashes 

50,000 hrs 

@ 24 °C, 

40 % R.H. 

Service life of light sources 

Module types: 

base acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) LED module, 

Material 

lens 


sounder module, 


tube 


module, 

Tube thread 30 mm, M16 x 1.5 

blinking light module 

Mounting vertical or horizontal 

Mounting information 

Weight 

1 

Please order light source separately 

the sounder module or the monitored module is always the uppermost module; 

a maximum of 1 monitored module may be used per signal tower 

module 80 g 90 g 90 g 90 g 230 g 

base 

mounting stand: approx. 220 g / tube mounting: approx. 200 g / direct mounting: approx. 180 g 

Signal Towers 


179

Signal Towers 

Connection configuration / connection diagrams for monitored module 

Base module + 1 st stage monitored Base module + 1 st stage not monitored, 

2 nd stage monitored 

-/N 

supply voltage (-), 

common connection for all stages 

1+/L 

supply voltage (+), 

activation of monitored module 

2+/L potential-free alarm output contact 1 


4+/L n.c. 

5+/L n.c. 

-/N 



1+/L 


activation of 1 st stage 

2+/L 


activation of 2 nd stage (monitored) 



5+/L n.c. 

Base module + 1 st /2 nd stage not 

monitored, 3 rd stage monitored 

-/N 



1+/L 


activation of 1 st stage 

2+/L 


activation of 2 nd stage 

3+/L 


activation of 3 rd stage (monitored) 



BR50-LED-M 

BR50-LED-M 

BR50-LED-M 

5+/L 

4+/L 

3+/L 

2+/L 

1+/L 

-/N 

BR50-CL 

5+/L 

4+/L 

3+/L 

2+/L 

1+/L 

-/N 

BR50-CL 

BR50-CL 

5+/L 

4+/L 

3+/L 

2+/L 

1+/L 

-/N 

Dimensions 

L1 tube mounting 

L1 mounting stand 

Tube length 100 78 88 

Tube length 250 228 238 

Tube length 400 378 388 

Ø 54 

L2 

1-stage 107 

2-stage 170 

3-stage 233 

63 

20 

L1 L2 

4-stage 296 

5-stage 359 

Stand mounting gasket 

Ø 4.8 ± 0.1 

42 

Ø 70 ± 0.2 

M16 x 1.5 

30 

Ø 54 ± 0.2 

Ø 20 

+ = 2 +0,7 

Bayonet connection allows 

fast, simple mounting 

180 

www.pfannenberg.com




BR 50 modules 


Base and end module BR50-BC 282 50 01 0 000 

Continuous light 

module 

Blinking light 

module 

Flashing light 

module 

LED module, 

monitored 

clear BR50-CL-CL 282 50 04 0 010 

yellow BR50-CL-YE 282 50 04 0 030 

amber BR50-CL-AM 282 50 04 0 040 

red BR50-CL-RE 282 50 04 0 050 

green BR50-CL-GR 282 50 04 0 060 

blue BR50-CL-BL 282 50 04 0 070 

clear BR50-BL-CL 282 50 05 1 010 282 50 05 1 610 282 50 05 8 010 

yellow BR50-BL-YE 282 50 05 1 030 282 50 05 1 630 282 50 05 8 030 

amber BR50-BL-AM 282 50 05 1 040 282 50 05 1 640 282 50 05 8 040 

red BR50-BL-RE 282 50 05 1 050 282 50 05 1 650 282 50 05 8 050 

green BR50-BL-GR 282 50 05 1 060 282 50 05 1 660 282 50 05 8 060 

blue BR50-BL-BL 282 50 05 1 070 282 50 05 1 670 282 50 05 8 070 

clear BR50-FL-CL 282 50 07 1 010 282 50 07 1 610 282 50 07 8 010 

yellow BR50-FL-YE 282 50 07 1 030 282 50 07 1 630 282 50 07 8 030 

amber BR50-FL-AM 282 50 07 1 040 282 50 07 1 640 282 50 07 8 040 

red BR50-FL-RE 282 50 07 1 050 282 50 07 1 650 282 50 07 8 050 

green BR50-FL-GR 282 50 07 1 060 282 50 07 1 660 282 50 07 8 060 

blue BR50-FL-BL 282 50 07 1 070 282 50 07 1 670 282 50 07 8 070 

yellow BR50-LED-M-YE – – 282 50 06 8 030 

red BR50-LED-M-RE – – 282 50 06 8 050 

Sounder module BR50-SM 282 50 08 1 000 282 50 08 1 600 282 50 08 8 000 

AS-i module BR50-AS-i 282 50 14 8 300 

AS-i-AB module BR50-AS-i-AB 282 50 17 8 300 

Information module BR50-IM 282 50 27 0 000 

Tubular stand 

with plinth 

Tube with thread 

and bracket 

(excl. seal and cable) 

100 mm BR50-S100 282 50 15 0 010 

250 mm BR50-S250 282 50 15 0 020 

400 mm BR50-S400 282 50 15 0 040 

100 mm BR50-T100 282 50 16 0 010 

250 mm BR50-T250 282 50 16 0 020 

400 mm BR50-T400 282 50 16 0 040 

Signal Towers 

Please order light source separately 

Base and Light module Light module Light module Light module Light module Light module Sounder 

end module clear yellow amber red green blue module 



282 50 25 0 000 



Wall 

bracket 

for 

mounting 

stand 


282 50 20 0 000 

Lamp 

remover 

Mounting 

kit 

for direct 

mounting 


282 50 21 0 000 

Gaskets 

IP 65 

Article numbers: 

282 50 22 0 000 

282 50 23 0 000 

Light source 

GOST 


181

Signal Towers 

Accessories for BR 50 

Multi-LED BA15d bulbs 

Energy and cost-saving high output SMD LEDs replace fi lament lamps 

• extremely long service life (> 50,000 hrs) 

• low power consumption (e.g. 30 mA at 24 V) 

• shock/vibration-resistant 

• choice of colours: white, yellow, red, green and blue 

• same brightness for all voltages 

• AC/DC operation at 24 V 

• resistant to environmental infl uences 

• option ‘plus’ = extra bright 

Ø 18 

45 + 0,3 22 3 



LED BA15d 

Version Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V AC/DC 

white standard plus 282 13 00 0 013 282 13 00 0 021 

white standard 282 13 00 0 014 282 13 00 0 022 282 13 00 0 006 

yellow standard plus 282 13 00 0 007 

SW10 

yellow standard 282 13 00 0 015 282 13 00 0 023 282 13 00 0 008 

red standard plus 282 13 00 0 009 

red standard 282 13 00 0 016 282 13 00 0 024 282 13 00 0 010 

green standard plus 282 13 00 0 017 282 13 00 0 025 

green standard 282 13 00 0 018 282 13 00 0 026 282 13 00 0 011 

blue standard plus 282 13 00 0 019 282 13 00 0 027 

blue standard 282 13 00 0 020 282 13 00 0 028 282 13 00 0 012 


bulbs BA15d 

BR50-L 7 W 282 13 00 0 004 282 13 00 0 002 282 13 00 0 000 

BR50-L 5 W 282 13 00 0 005 282 13 00 0 003 282 13 00 0 001 

Lamp remover 

Lamp remover for simple bulb replacement. 



Lamp remover 

BR50-LS 282 50 25 0 000 

Direct mounting set 

Gasket and mounting materials for direct mounting. 

Ø 36 

Ø 4.5 

Ø 20 

+ = 2 +0,7 Ø 44 



Direct mounting set 

BR50-BG 282 50 21 0 000 

IP 65 

Option IP 65 

Gaskets for higher protection system IP 65. 



IP 65 gaskets 

Module gasket BR50-MG (1 x per light module plus 1 x base module) 282 50 22 0 000 

Tube gasket BR50-TG (for tubular stand or tube mounting only) 282 50 23 0 000 

182 

www.pfannenberg.com


Wall bracket with hood 

Plastic wall holder for mounting the BR 50 on a tubular stand. 

Dimensions 

BR 50-W 

110 

84.6 

73 

59.3 

42.5 

40 

65° 

60° 

Ø 4.5 

75 

50 

27 

62.4 

61.3 

13.7 

12.6 

Ø 55 

16 

23 

9.5 

61.4 

86.7 

4 x Ø 4.6 



Plastic wall bracket with hood BR50-W 282 50 20 0 000 

Accessories for BR 35 

Light source 

Filament lamps and LEDs for signal towers from the BR 35 series. 



LED 

Colour Rated voltage 12 V / 24 V DC 

white 286 13 00 0 000 

yellow 286 13 00 0 001 

red 286 13 00 0 002 

Accessories and 

light sources 

green 286 13 00 0 003 

blue 286 13 00 0 004 


bulbs BA9s 

Rated voltage pack of 5 

12 V DC 4 W 288 13 00 0 003 

24 V DC 4 W 288 13 00 0 002 

115 V AC 3 W 288 13 00 0 001 

230 V AC 3 W 288 13 00 0 000 

Mounting bracket 

Bracket for mounting the BR 35. 



Plastic bracket for mounting on 

tubular stand or plinth 

Mounting bracket 

BR35-W 282 35 20 0 020 

Metal bracket for tube mounting BR35-A 282 35 20 0 010 


183

184 

Ex Signaling devices


Alarm safety even in 

explosive areas 

Ex signaling devices are 

used 

wherever explosive gases, 

vapours and dusts can 

become dangerous 

Our Ex-series visual and acoustic signaling devices stand out 

with their particularly sturdy construction and insensitivity to 

environmental infl uences and chemicals. 

These are information, warning and emergency signals for safety, 

hazard and fi re alarm systems; for building, industrial and commercial 

automation; for disaster warnings and for hazardous areas. 

Ex Signaling devices 

185


Your safety – worldwide – is safe in our hands 

As a globally operative company, Pfannenberg is 

present wherever the safety of man, machine and 

environment is concerned. 

All Ex signaling devices by Pfannenberg are ATEX 

certifi ed and offer unlimited quality and safety. 

The needs of the customer are Pfannenberg’s utmost 

priority. Inventiveness and numerous product innovations 

have made Pfannenberg one of the market leaders 

in the Ex alarm product sector. 

Many customers, from the most diverse industries 

where explosive atmospheres can be formed, have 

been placing their trust in Pfannenberg’s know-how, 

quality and fl exibility for decades. 

On the following pages we have gathered together 

numerous new products, applications and references, 

intended to provide you with ideas for the tasks that you 

need to solve in the Ex area. 

Gas detection with visual and acoustic alarms: 

DS 10 ATEX sounder and CWB-ATEX 


Acoustic alarm in a gas-fi red power station: 

BExS 120 ATEX sounder 

186

Safety has no limits 


There is a danger of explosion wherever combustible 

gases, vapours, fluids or dusts occur and can mix with 

air, oxygen or another reactive gas. The danger can 

arise in very diverse locations, e.g. in the petrochemical 

and chemical industry or at fi lling stations and oil/gas 

rigs. However, facilities such as corn silos and coating 

plants are also potentially at risk of an explosion. 

Explosions endanger man and the environment. 

For this reason, international measures have been 

developed that are intended to prevent explosions or 

to minimise their effects. 

Our Ex signaling devices meet the toughest requirements 

and are subjected to the most stringent checks. 

Their quality and safety are checked by responsible 

bodies for compliance with the highest quality standards. 

Visual alarm on a gas turbine generator: 

CWB-ATEX fl ashing light 

Technology 

The CWB-ATEX flashing light and the BExS 120 ATEX 

sounder signal danger here without becoming a 

danger themselves – highly visible and highly audible 

187


Safety for man, machine and the environment 

If it’s about safety, Pfannenberg is always the right 

choice, because the Pfannenberg brand stands for 

‘safety for man, machine and the environment’. 

Global references speak a clear language. Ex-protected 

visual and acoustic signaling devices by Pfannenberg 

are subjected to the toughest demands every day and 

are in use wherever explosive atmospheres can be 

formed, e.g. in oil and gas drilling in the North Sea - by 

Shell DEA, Exxon Mobil ...- or in refi neries and chemical 

plants - at BASF, Bayer, Degussa … 

Regardless of whether it’s about corrosion, vibration, 

shock or alternating climates, you are always on the 

safe side with Ex alarm products by Pfannenberg! 

Process gas analysis: CWB-ATEX 


Oil and gas drilling in the sea. Man and technology 

in the most confi ned space. BExS 120 ATEX 

sounder, Ex-PEX 2010 ATEX fl ashing light 

188

ATEX guarantees your safety 


Directives 

In the Ex-Directive 94/9/EU, the European Union has 

provided a basis for binding uniform requirements for 

characteristics with regard to the protection of systems, 

appliances and components against explosion. With 

these standards, the manufacturer can assume when 

designing and assessing the explosion protection that 

he is developing explosion-protected systems, appliances 

and components that conform to the Ex-Directive 

94/9/EU and which are then subjected to uniform binding 

test procedures by an appointed body of the European 

Union. 

A uniform classifi cation of explosion-endangered plants 

is the basis for the selection, assignment and installation 

of systems, appliances and components. In order 

to protect employees, the user is obliged by Directive 

1999/92/EU to assess the explosion risk of the plant, 

to divide the plant into danger zones and to draw up 

an explosion protection document or a series of 

documents, which fulfi l the requirements contained 

in this directive, and to keep them up to date. 

Through directives 94/9/EU and 1999/92/EU, the prerequisites 

have been created for a complete unifi cation 

of the regulations for protection against explosion in 

the European Union and form a closed system, with 

which explosions can be effectively avoided in order 

to protect man, machine and environment. 

Selecting suitable Ex alarm products 

The selection of suitable alarm products is essentially 

governed by two factors, which can be distinguished 

as follows: 

Ex environmental requirements 

Groups and gases 

Explosion-protected products are catalogued with 

regard to their different purposes of use. The fi rst distinguishing 

criteria is whether usage is underground or 

above ground: 

Group I: operating equipment for underground 

mining with a ‘fi redamp risk’ 

Group II: operating equipment for all other 

(non-group I) areas 

A further distinction is made in Group II according to 

the types of gases present in the operation environment 

and the temperature class. On the one hand, this 

describes the maximum surface temperature of the 

explosion-protected device and, on the other, the minimum 

ignition temperature of the gas or vapour. 

For secure protection against explosion, it must be 

ensured that the surface temperature of the device 

(e.g. the fl ashing light) is always lower than the ignition 

temperature of the gas. 

Classification of gases and vapours into temperature 

classes and gas groups 

I 

IIA 

T1 

≤ 450°C 

Methane 

Acetone 

Ethane 

Ethyl acetate 

Benzene 

Acetic acid 

Ammonia 

Carbon 

monoxide 

Methane 

Toluene 

Propane 

Methanol 

T2 

≤ 300°C 

Ethyl alcohol 

i-amyl acetate 

n-butane 

n-butyl alcohol 

T3 

≤ 200°C 

Petrol 

Diesel 

Aviation 

fuel 

n-hexane 

Heating oil 

IIB Town gas Ethylene – 

T4 

≤ 135°C 

Acetyl 

aldehyde 

T5 

≤ 100°C 

T6 

≤ 85°C 

IIC Hydrogen Acetylene – CS 2 

Technology 

a) Ex environmental requirements 

b) Functional requirements 

The gases are classifi ed in groups ABC according 

to their fl ammability. This in turn generates different 

requirements for the enclosures of electrical equipment. 

For explosion-proof enclosures, these include 

the dimensions of the closure gap. The gas groups are 

upwardly compatible, i.e. devices that are suitable for 

use in group IIC can also be used in the groups IIB or 

IIA. The same compatibility applies to the temperature 

classes, according to which devices from temperature 

class T6 can also be used in all other temperature 

classes. However, devices from temperature class T4 

are adequate for most applications. 

189



Zones and categories 

Potentially explosive areas are defi ned in section 2 

of ElexV (Germany) as areas in which the atmosphere 

may be capable of explosion due to local and operational 

conditions. 

It has proven to be useful to divide potentially explosive 

areas into zones, taking into account different hazards 

caused by explosive atmospheres. 

Definition of the zones according to section 2 para. 4 ELX (96) 

Potentially explosive areas due to combustible gases 

Zone 0 Zone 1 Zone 2 

Areas in which an explosive atmosphere of 

gases, vapours or mists exists constantly, 

over long periods or frequently. 

Areas in which an explosive atmosphere 

of gases, vapours or mists occasionally 

occurs. 

Areas in which explosive atmospheres of 

gases, vapours and mists normally never 

occur, but if they do, then only rarely and 

only for short time periods. 

Potentially explosive areas due to combustible dusts 

Zone 20 Zone 21 Zone 22 

Areas in which an explosive dust 

atmosphere exists constantly, over 

long periods or frequently. 

Areas in which an explosive dust 

atmosphere occasionally occurs. 

Areas in which explosive dust atmospheres 

normally never occur, but if they do, then 

only rarely and only for short time periods. 

The Ex devices are sub-divided analogue to the Ex zones into the following device categories 

Device classification according to groups and categories: 

Group I 

Group II 

Category M Category 1 Category 2 Category 3 

G D G D G D 

1 2 

(gas) 

Zone 0 

(dust) 

Zone 20 

(gas) 

Zone 1 

(dust) 

Zone 21 

(gas) 

Zone 2 

(dust) 

Zone 22 

190



Types of protection systems 

The European standards describe eight different explosion 

protection methods that can be applied in order to make 

electrical equipment suitable for use in the various ex zones. 

The different types of protection vary widely with regard to the 

degree of complexity and some of them are not usable with 

mobile equipment, for example. The type of ignition protection 

is selected with the greatest of care for Pfannenberg devices 

in order to guarantee the best possible cost-benefit ratio. 

Pfannenberg uses the following protection systems for its 

alarm equipment: 

Flame proof enclosure ‘d’ 

In the case of pressure-resistant encapsulation, the actual 

operating equipment is built into a pressure-resistant housing. 

In the event of an explosion inside, the housing prevents an 

ignition breakthrough into the surrounding area. The explosion 

is therefore restricted to the interior of the device. On account of 

the necessary wall thickness, devices in this protection system 

are of a very sturdy construction and thus also often very well 

suited for adverse environmental conditions. 

Enhanced safety ‘e’ 

This type of enhanced protection is usable with only a few types 

of equipment/components (e.g. terminals). This type of protection 

is conveniently often combined with pressure-resistant 

encapsulation. In alarm products, this means that all essential 

components are housed in the pressure-resistant housing and 

only the connection terminals are accessible in the increased 

safety housing. For this reason Pfannenberg also offers most 

devices with an ‘e connection box’ in order to enable simple and 

safe electrical connections to be made. The sensitive electronic 

components are therefore protected against accidental damage 

during mounting. 

Technology 

Intrinsically safety ‘i’ 

In the ignition protection type ‘i‘, the current and voltage of all 

energy storage devices as well as the complete device are 

limited to the extent that no ignition sparks and no excessively 

hot surfaces can be generated. An explosive atmosphere can 

develop, but it will not be ignited. 

191


ATEX - Designation of electrical equipment 

for potentially explosive environments! 

Conditions in potentially explosive areas 

Combustible 

substances 

gases, vapours 

dusts 

Temporary behaviour of the 

combustible substance in the 

Ex area 

are present constantly, for long 

periods or frequently 

Classification of the potentially explosive 

areas 

Required marking of the operating 

equipment to be used according to 

CENELEC 

CENELEC/IEC US NEC 505 US NEC 500 Device group Device category 

Zone 0 

occur occasionally Zone 1 

probably do not occur, but if 

so, then only rarely or for short 

periods 

are present constantly, for long 

periods or frequently 

Zone 2 

Zone 20 – 

Class I 

Zone 0 

Class I 

Zone 1 

Class I 

Zone 2 

Class I 

Division 1 

Cass I 

Division 2 

Cass II 

Division 1 

II 

II 

II 

II 

1G 

2G or 1G 

3G or 2G 

or 1G 

occur occasionally Zone 21 – II 2D or 1D 

1D 

probably do not occur due to swirling 

dust, but if so, then only rarely 

or for short periods 

Zone 22 – 

Cass II 

Division 2 

II 

3D or 2D 

or 1D 

methane, dust 

– 

– 

Mining 

Mining 

– 

– 

Mining 

– 

I 

I 

M1 

M2 or M1 

Inspection authority 

Notified body Country Id-no. 

TÜV Hannover/ 

Sachsen-Anhalt e.V. 

Germany 0032 

PTB Germany 0102 

DMT Germany 0158 

DOS Germany 0297 

PSA Germany 0588 

BAM Germany 0589 

IBExU Germany 0837 

INERIS France 0080 

LCIE France 0081 

KEMA Netherlands 0344 

SP Sweden 0402 

LOM Spain 0588 

EECS (BASEEFA) UK 0800 

SCS UK 0618 

NEC 500 Class I Division 1 

NEC 505 Class I Zone 1 

IEC 

CENELEC CE 0158 II 2G 

192


Temperature classes and highest permissible surface temperatures of the equipment 

Highest permissible 

surface 

temperature 

USA 

(NEC 500) 

Usability of the equipment 

T6 

T5 

T4 

T3 

TIP: This double page can be ordered free of charge from Pfannenberg as a poster (A2). Article number: 075000018 

T2 

T1 

Temperature classes according 

to CENELEC/IEC NEC 505 

Max. surface temperature of the 

equipment 

T1 450 °C > 450 °C 

Ignition temperature of the 

combustible substances 

450 °C T1 T2 300 °C > 300 °C < 450 °C 

300 °C T2 T3 200 °C > 200 °C < 300 °C 

280 °C T2A T4 135 °C > 135 °C < 200 °C 

260 °C T2B T5 100 °C > 100 °C < 135 °C 

230 °C T2C T6 85 °C > 85 °C < 100 °C 

215 °C T2D 

200 °C 

180 °C 

T3 

T3A 

Classification of gases and vapours into explosion groups and temperature classes 

Classification into temperature classes / gas groups (extract) 

165 °C T3B 

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 

160 °C T3C 

I Methane – – – – – 

135 °C T4 

IIA Acetone Ethyl alcohol Petrols Acetaldehyde – 

Acetic acid n-butane Heating oil Ethyl ether 

– 

120 °C 

100 °C 

T4A 

T5 

Ammonia 

Propane * 

n-butyl alcohol Diesel 

85 °C T6 

IIB Town gas Ethylene * – – 

IIC Hydrogen * Acetylene * – – Carbon bisulphide 

* typical ignitable gas 

Protective systems 

Protective system Marking Protection principle Zone IEC EN VDE FM / UL Applications 

general requirements – – – 60079-0 60079-0 

VDE 0171 

part 1 

all applications 

fl ame proof enclosure Ex d 

transmission of an explosion 

to the outside is excluded 

1 or 2 60079-1 60079-1 

VDE 0171 

part 5 

FM 3600 

UL 2279 

switchgear, controllers, motors, command 

and alarm devices, power electronics 

enhanced safety 

Ex e 

avoidance of sparks and high 

temperatures 

1 or 2 60079-7 60079-7 

VDE 0171 

part 6 

FM 3600 

UL 2279 

junction and terminal boxes, enclosures, 

motors, beacons, terminals 

intrinsically safety 

pressurized 

enclosure 

Ex i 

Ex p 

limitation of the energy of 

sparks and temperatures 

Ex atmosphere is kept away 

from the source of ignition 

0, 1 

or 2 3 60079-11 60079-11 

1 or 2 60079-2 60079-2 

VDE 0171 

part 7, part 8 

VDE 0171 

part 3 

FM 3610 

UL 2279 

FM 3620 

NFPA 496 

measurement, control and regulating 

equipment, sensors, actuators, 

instrumentation 

power and control cabinets, motors, 

measurement and analysis devices, 

computers 

Encapsulation 

oil immersion 

Powder fi lling 

Ex m 

Ex o 

Ex q 





transmission of an explosion 

to the outside is excluded 

1 or 2 60079-18 60079-18 

1 or 2 60079-6 60079-6 

1 or 2 60079-5 60079-5 

VDE 0171 

part 9 

VDE 0171 

part 6 

VDE 0171 

part 4 

FM 3600 

UL 2279 

FM 3600 

UL 2279 

FM 3600 

UL 2279 

relay and motor coils, circuitry, solenoid 

valves, connecting systems 

transformers, relays, start-up controllers, 

switching devices 

transformers, relays, capacitors 

Technology 

various protection principles 

type ‘n’ protection Ex n 4 for Zone 2 


protective enclosure IP 


1 

devices, 2 systems 

3 

ia use in Zones 0, 1, 2 / ib use in Zones 1, 2 

Group A, B, C, D 

2 60079-15 60079-15 

0/21/22 61241-1 61241-1 

AEx de IIC T6 

Ex de IIC T6 

Ex de IIC T6 PTB 01 ATEX 1234 X 

T6 

VDE 0170/ 

-0171 part 1 

VDE 0171 

part 1 

Additional conditions 

Conditions 

Equipment usable without restriction – 

Observe special conditions for use 

all applications for Zone 2 

all applications 

4 

nA = non-sparking, nC = sparking equipment (suitable protection), nR = vapour-proof enclosure, 

nL = energy-limited (differences between North America and Europe), nP = simplifi ed overpressure encapsulation 

Ex component with partial certifi cation, not capable 

of operation alone; CE conformity is only certifi ed 

after installation in complete equipment 

X 

Marking 

193


All Ex signaling devices at a glance 

Type 

Suitable for use in 

zones 



reception range as 

per EN 54-23 


0 1 2 20 21 22 5 25 50 100 125 

Light 

intensity / 

Sound 

pressure 

level 

(tone) 

Protection 

system 



54-3 

IEC 

Seite 

Quadro F12-3G/3D 

7.5 Joules 

IP 66 

IK 08 

196 

Quadro-LED 

Flex-3G/3D 

9 cd 

IP 66 

IK 08 

198 

E2xB 10 

E2xB 05 

10 Joules 

5 Joules 

IP 66 

IP 67 

200 

BR 50-LED 3G/3D IP 65 202 

CWB-ATEX 5 Joules IP 66 204 

Ex-PEX 2005 

5 Joules 

206 

Ex-PEX 2010 10 Joules IP 65 

208 

Ex-PEX 2015 15 Joules 210 

BExBG 15 

15 Joules 

BExBG 10 

BExBG 05 

10 Joules 

5 Joules 

IP 66 

IP 67 

212 

BExBG L1 9 cd 214 

IS-mB1 6 cd IP 65 216 


Sounder 

DS 10 3G/3D 

DS 5 3G/3D 

110 dB (A) 

105 dB (A) 

IP 66 

IP 67 

218 

E2xS 121 

E2xS 112 

117 dB (A) 

110 dB (A) 

IP 66 

IP 67 

220 

BExS 120 d/e 

BExDS 120 d/e 

BExS 110 d/e 

BExDS 110 d/e 

available 


2 2 2 

117 dB (A) 

IP 66 

IP 67 

2 2 2 

110 dB (A) 

2 

’d’ version only 

222 

194 

www.pfannenberg.com


Type 

Suitable for use in 

zones 



reception range for a 

65 dB ambient noise 

level in metres (m) 1 

0 1 2 20 21 22 5 25 50 100 125 

Sounder 

Sound 

pressure 

level 

(tone) / 

Light 

intensity 

Protection 

system 



54-3 

IEC 

Page 

BExA 110 d/e 

110 dB (A) 

IP 66 

IP 67 

224 

IS-A105N 105 dB (A) IP 66 226 

IS-mA1 100 dB (A) IP 65 228 


Loudspeaker 

E2xL 15 

118 dB (A) 

IP 66 

IP 67 

230 

BExL 25 d/e 

BExL 15 d/e 

117 dB (A) 

113 dB (A) 

IP 66 

IP 67 

232 


E2xCS 112-05 

110 dB (A) 

5 Joules 

IP 66 

IP 67 

234 

BExCS 110-05D 

BExDCS 110-05D 

BExCA 110-05D 

BExCL 15-05D 

IS-mC1 

Zener barriers 

110 dB (A) 

5 Joules 

113 dB (A) 

5 Joules 


/ 6 cd 

236 

IP 67 

238 

IP 65 240 


Z928 

Z728 

242 

Z786 

1 





available 






195


Flashing lights 7.5 Joules 

Quadro F12-3G/3D ATEX 

The Quadro F12 3G/3D flashing light is designed for tough demands 

under industrial conditions and is usable as a visual alarm. 

The fl ashing light, which is suitable for use both indoors and out, 

generates bright light impulses with a high attention-drawing effect. 

• for use in potentially explosive areas in Zone 2 as per EN 60079-10 

and Zone 22 as per EN 61241-10 

• the requirements of the EN 60079-0, EN 60079-15, EN 61241-0, 

EN 61241-0 (2007) and EN 61241-1 (2005) standards are fulfi lled 

• usable for gases in the temperature classes T1, T2, T3 and T4, as 

well as for non-conductive dusts, provided that the surface 

temperature of the equipment does not exceed + 105 °C 

r = 

15 m 

IP 66 

IK 08 

+ 45 °C 

- 20 °C 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Impact-proof 

housing 

Operating 

temperature 



Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V DC 


Operating range 195 V – 253 V 95 V – 127 V 18 V – 30 V 

Nominal current consumption 90 mA 140 mA 360 mA 

Initial current limited to < 7 A / 150 μs < 7 A / 150 μs < 5 A / 2 ms 



Explosion protection 

II 3G Ex nR IIC T4 - 20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ + 45 °C 

II 3D Ex tD A22 IP66 T105 °C - 20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ + 45 °C 

Category (area of use) 

3G (Zone 2) 

3D (Zone 22) 

Conformity to standards Guideline 94/9/EG (ATEX 100a) 

Testing body 

Pfannenberg 

X: according to the requirements of prDIN EN 60 079-0, DIN EN 61241-0 (2007) and DIN EN 61241-1 (2005), 

Special conditions 

the equipment is suitable for applications with a low degree of mechanical danger. 

It must therefore be ensured that the fl ashing light is mounted with suffi cient protection against impacts. 

A protective cage is not mandatory. 

Flash rate 

0.83 Hz = 50 fl ashes/min. 

Flash energy 

7.5 Joules 


Lens colours 






IP 66; mounting arbitrary 



II 



Material 

lens 


housing polycarbonate (PC), RAL 7035 (optionally RAL 3000) 

Connecting terminals cage clamp terminal 0.08 – 2.5 mm 2 

Cable entry 

Weight 

2 x M20 sideways (1 x blanking plug, 1 x cable gland) 

600 g 

196 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

113 

80 

130 

25 

Mounting screws 

e.g. 4 x M4 x 20 

130 

Mounting holes Ø 4.5 

Blanking plug 

M20 x 1.5 

113 

Cable gland 

M20 x 1.5 


AC version 

DC version 







clear 210 41 10 1 008 210 41 80 1 008 

yellow 210 41 10 3 008 210 41 80 3 008 

amber 210 41 10 4 008 210 41 80 4 008 

red 210 41 10 5 008 210 41 80 5 008 



GOST 

Manufacturer’s declaration 

We hereby declare that the explosion-protected means of alarm with the type designation 

Quadro F12 3G/3D 

has been developed and manufactured in accordance with the requirements as per EN 50014. 

This declaration is based on compliance with the following regulations and standards: 

DIN EN 60079-0 Electrical equipment for areas at risk of gas explosions – Part 0: General requirements 

DIN EN 60079-15 Electrical equipment for areas at risk of explosions – Part 15: type of protection type ‘n’ 

DIN EN 61241-0 Electrical equipment for use in areas with combustible dust – General requirements 

DIN EN 61241-1 Electrical equipment for use in areas with combustible dust – protection by enclosure ‘tD’ 

DIN EN 60598-1 Lights – Part 1: General requirements and tests 

DIN EN 60947-1 Low-voltage switchgear – Part 1: General specifications 

DIN EN 60529 Types of protection by enclosure (IP code) 

DIN EN 50102 Types of protection by enclosure for electrical equipment against external mechanical stresses (IK code) 

DIN EN 61000-6-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 6-2: Generic standards, noise immunity for industrial areas 

DIN EN 61000-6-3 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 6-3: Generic standards, interference emission for residential areas, 

business and commercial areas as well as small companies 

DIN EN 981 Machine safety - System of acoustic and visual alarm signals and information signals 

ISO 11429 

System of acoustic and visual alarm signals and information signals 

UVV-BGV A3(VBG4) Electrical plants and equipment 

GSGV 

German Appliance Safety Act 

The Quadro F12 3G/3D flashing lights are approved for use in potentially explosive areas in Zones 2 and 22 as per 94/9/EU. 

Visual 

Ex signaling devices 


197



Quadro-LED Flex-3G/3D 

• designed for tough requirements under industrial conditions 

• suitable for indoor and outdoor use 

• suitable for use in potentially explosive areas in Zones 2 and 22 

• extremely insensitive to shock and vibration 

• maintenance-free service life exceeding 50,000 hrs 

• internally and externally selectable operating mode as standard - 

one device for 4 different alarms: 




– rotating light (non-wearing) 


r = 

5 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 66 

Protection 

system 

IK 08 

Impact-proof 

housing 

+ 55 °C 

- 20 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

• can be operated and powered directly via 24 V transistor PLC output, 


• inexpensive and fl exible; wide range power supply as standard 

Electrical data Quadro-LED Flex 3G/3D ATEX 

Rated voltage 115 V / 230 V AC 24 V AC/DC 



Current consumption in 

continuous light mode 

AC 95 V – 253 V 15 V – 40 V 

DC 

10 V – 60 V 

60 mA 250 mA 

Mechanical data Quadro-LED Flex 3G/3D ATEX 

II3G Ex nR II T5 X - 20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ + 55 °C 


II3G Ex nR II T6 X - 20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ + 50 °C 

II3D IP66 T 85°C X - 20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ + 55 °C 


3G (Zone 2) 

3D (Zone 22) 

Conformity to standards Guideline 94/9/EG (ATEX 100a) 

Testing body 

Pfannenberg 

X: according to the requirements of prDIN EN 60 079-0, DIN EN 61241-0 (2007) and DIN EN 61241-1 (2005), the 


equipment is suitable for applications with a low degree of mechanical danger. It must therefore be ensured that 

the fl ashing light is mounted with suffi cient protection against impacts. A protective cage is not mandatory. 

Operating mode (internally and 

externally selectable) 

continuous light blinking light fl ashing light rotating all-round light 

Light alternation frequency 1.5 Hz 1 Hz 2.5 Hz 

Light source 

LED; 8 x 2 LEDs (3 chip version) 


Lens colours 

Operating temperature 


- 20 °C ... + 50 °C (T6) / - 20 °C ... + 55 °C (T5) 




IP 66; mounting arbitrary 




Service life of light source min. 50 000 hrs 

Material 

lens 

II 


housing polycarbonate (PC), light grey RAL 7035 

Connecting terminals cage clamp terminal 0.08 – 2.5 mm 2 

Cable entry 

Weight 

2 x M20 x 1.5 (1 x blanking plug, 1 x cable gland) 

500 g 

198 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

M20 x 1.5 

blanking plug 

25 

113.5 

130 

80 

130 Mounting holes 

Ø 4.5 


e. g. M4 x 20 

113.5 

M20 x 1.5 

cable connection 


S1 

Selection via 

1 2 3 

internal DIP switch 









S1 - X1 - 

Selection via 

1 1 2 3 4 


(S1-2 = OFF, S1-3 = OFF) 










Article numbers Quadro-LED Flex 3G/3D ATEX 

Lens colour Rated voltage 115 V / 230 V AC 24 V AC/DC 

yellow 211 04 64 3 009 211 04 63 3 009 

amber 211 04 64 4 009 211 04 63 4 009 

red 211 04 64 5 009 211 04 63 5 009 




Quadro-LED Flex 3G/3D 

has been developed and manufactured in accordance with the requirements as per EN 60079. 

Visual 



DIN EN 60079-0 Electrical equipment for areas at risk of gas explosions – Part 0: General requirements 

DIN EN 60079-15 Electrical equipment for areas at risk of explosions – Part 15: type of protection type ‘n’ 

DIN EN 61241-0 Electrical equipment for use in areas with combustible dust – General requirements 

DIN EN 61241-1 Electrical equipment for use in areas with combustible dust – protection by enclosure ‘tD’ 

DIN EN 60598-1 Lights – Part 1: General requirements and tests 

DIN EN 60947-1 Low-voltage switchgear – Part 1: General specifications 

DIN EN 60529 Types of protection by enclosure (IP code) 

DIN EN 50102 Types of protection by enclosure for electrical equipment against external mechanical stresses (IK code) 

DIN EN 61000-6-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 6-2: Generic standards, noise immunity for industrial areas 

DIN EN 61000-6-3 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 6-3: Generic standards, interference emission for residential areas, 

business and commercial areas as well as small companies 

DIN EN 981 Machine safety - System of acoustic and visual alarm signals and information signals 

ISO 11429 

System of acoustic and visual alarm signals and information signals 

UVV-BGV A3(VBG4) Electrical plants and equipment 

GSGV 

German Appliance Safety Act 

The Quadro-LED Flex 3G/3D multifunction lights are approved for use in potentially explosive areas in Zones 2 and 22 as per 94/9/EU. 


199


Flashing lights 5 Joules / 10 Joules 

E2xB 05 / E2xB 10 

• suitable for use in potentially explosive areas in Zone 2 

• stainless steel protective cage and stainless steel mounting bracket 

for 360° positioning 

• UL approval for operational area Class 1, Division 2 (optional) 

• ATEX approval (standard) 

• extremely sturdy, resistant to vibration and impact-proof 


• sturdy device for tough industrial applications 

r = 

11 m 

E2xB 05 

r = 

17 m 

E2xB 10 

IP 66 

IP 67 

+ 55 °C 

- 20 °C 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data E2xB 05 





Electrical data E2xB 10 





Mechanical data E2xB 05 E2xB 10 

Protection system IP 67 / IP 66 


II 3G EEx nA nL IIC T2 



Category (area of use) 3G (Zone 2) 

Certificate of conformity DEMKO 06 ATEX 0421554 

Testing body 

DEMKO 

Flash energy 5 Joules 10 Joules 

Flash rate 

1 Hz 


Lens colours 


Temperature class T 

IIC T2 @ Ta - 20 °C ... + 55 °C 

IIC T3 @ Ta - 20 °C ... + 40 °C 

IIC T2 @ Ta - 20 °C ... + 55 °C 

Storage temperature - 50 °C … + 70 °C 





lens 


Material 

housing UL94VO PPS 

protective cage and bracket stainless steel 

Connecting terminals 0.5 ... 2.5 mm 2 

Cable entry 

Weight 

UL version 


optional 1 x 1/2" NPT 

1.48 kg 

200 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

230.4 170.6 

160 

30 30 

166 

3 holes Ø 7 


AC version 

DC version 


Article numbers E2xB 10 E2xB 05 


yellow 311 62 10 3 000 311 62 15 3 000 311 62 80 3 000 311 61 10 3 000 311 61 15 3 000 311 61 80 3 000 

amber 311 62 10 4 000 311 62 15 4 000 311 62 80 4 000 311 61 10 4 000 311 61 15 4 000 311 61 80 4 000 

red 311 62 10 5 000 311 62 15 5 000 311 62 80 5 000 311 61 10 5 000 311 61 15 5 000 311 61 80 5 000 


Visual 




201


Signal Tower 

BR 50-LED 3G/3D 

BR 50 for Ex applications in the categories 3G and 3D for zones 2 

and 22. 

• extremely long service life (> 50,000 hrs) 

• the light is amplifi ed by the internal prisms of the impact-proof, 

heat-resistant and dustproof polycarbonate lens and can be easily 

recognized from all sides 

• the technically and economically optimum solution for every 

application 

IP 65 

Protection 

system 

+ 50 °C 

- 20 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data BR 50-LED 3G/3D 

Version 1-stage 2-stage 3-stage 

Colour order red red / green yellow / green red / yellow / green 

230 V AC 50/60 Hz 9 mA 16 mA 16 mA 24 mA 

Rated current 

consumption 

24 V AC 50/60 Hz 60 mA 90 mA 80 mA 130 mA 

24 V DC 50 mA 80 mA 70 mA 120 mA 

230 V AC 50/60 Hz 195 V – 253 V 

Operating range 24 V AC 50/60 Hz 18 V – 28 V 

24 V DC 18 V – 28 V 

Mechanical data BR 50-LED 3G/3D 


II 3G Ex nA II T5 X - 20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ + 50 °C 

II 3D tDA22 IP65 T85°C X - 20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ + 50 °C 


3G (Zone 2) 

3D (Zone 22) 

Testing body 

Pfannenberg 


T5 

X: according to the requirements of prDIN EN 60 079-0, DIN EN 61241-0 (2007) and DIN EN 61241-1 (2005), 


the equipment is suitable for applications with a low degree of mechanical danger. 

It must therefore be ensured that the fl ashing light is mounted with suffi cient protection against impacts. 

A protective cage is not mandatory. 

Light source 

LED 

Operating temperature - 20 °C … + 50 °C 






> 50.000 hrs 


Material 

housing acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) 

connector housing polycarbonate (PC), light grey RAL 7035 

Mounting 

arbitrary 


Cable entry 

M20 bottom side 

202 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Connection diagram 

80 

satge 1 

satge 2 

satge 3 

L 

M20 

82 85 

1-stage 107 

2-stage 170 

3-stage 233 

Mounting holes H 50 mm x W 70 mm Ø 4.2 

L 




Version 230 V AC 24 V AC/DC 

1-stage red 220 93 10 1 000 220 93 40 1 000 

2-stage red/green 220 93 10 2 300 220 93 40 2 300 

2-stage yellow/green 220 93 10 2 301 220 93 40 2 301 

3-stage red/yellow/green 220 93 10 3 000 220 93 40 3 000 

Visual 





has been developed and manufactured in accordance with the requirements as per EN 60079-0. 


DIN EN 60079-15 Electrical equipment for areas at risk of explosions – type of protection type ‘n’ 

DIN EN 50281-1-1 Electrical equipment for use in areas with combustible dust 

The BR 50-LED 3G/3D signal towers are approved for use in potentially explosive areas in Zones 2 and 22 as per 94/9/EU. 


203



CWB-ATEX 

• the fl ashing lights from the CWB-ATEX series are explosionprotected 

equipment and serve as visual alarms in potentially 

explosive workplaces in Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 

• housing made of aluminium, therefore usable in all chemical and 

petrochemical plants as well as offshore plants 

• high protection system and stable mechanical construction allow use 

under the toughest operating conditions 

• various mounting brackets and a protective cage are available as 

accessories 

r = 

11 m 

IP 66 

+ 50 °C 

- 20 °C 

CCC 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

GL approval 

Electrical data CWB-ATEX 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 110–127 V AC 24–42 V AC 60–80 V DC 12–48 V DC 24 V DC 



Nominal current consumption 0.08 A 0.11 A 0.5 ... 0.3 A 0.11 A ... 0.13 A 0.5 ... 0.3 A 0.4 A 


CWB-ATEX 

Type of protection 

’d’ fl ame proof enclosure for light housing 

’e’ enhanced safety for terminal box 

II 2G Ex de IIC T6 



IID Ex dt A21 IP 66 T80°C 

IID Ex dt A21 IP 66 T100°C 


2G (Zone 1) / 3G (Zone 2) 

2D (Zone 21) / 3D (Zone 22) 

Certificate of conformity LCIE 02 ATEX 6113 

Testing body LCIE 

Flash energy 

5 Joules 

Flash rate 

approx. 1 Hz 

Lens colours 



T6, II 2D T80°C - 20 °C ... + 40 °C 

T5, II 2D T100°C - 20 °C ... + 50 °C 




IP 66 (when used for design purpose) 




Material 



housing aluminium alloy yellow; plinth black 

screw terminals 


(max.) 2 x 4 mm 

terminal area 

(single wire) 

2 x 2.5 mm 2 (fi ne wire) 

Cable entry 

1 x cable gland M20 x 1.5, chrome-plated, clamping range 6 … 13 mm 

1 x blanking plug, M20 x 1.5 

Weight 

approx. 1.24 kg 

204 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Ø 82 

Direct mounting to wall/floor 

Standard bracket 

Thread depth 

8 mm (M6) 

282 

Ø 70 

260 

M6 x 

10 mm deep 

32 

35 

80 

32 

Ø 7 

35 

91 

X 

91 

35 

50 

25 

7 

Mounting plate Pipe clamp Mounting bracket 

130 

110 

7 

50 

4 

11/4“ ( 42) 

11/2“ ( 48) 

2“ ( 60) 

11/4“ – 76 

11/2“ – 77 

2“ – 90 

40 

70 

8.5 

15 

110 

34 23 

3 

10 

135 

15° 

R66 




Pipe 

clamps 



R1 1/4“: 38108101000 

R1 1/2“: 38108101200 

R2“: 38108102000 

Mounting 

bracket 



38108100100 

Mounting 

plate 



38108100000 

Standard 

bracket 

set 







CWB-ATEX 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 110–127 V AC 60–80 V DC 24–42 V AC / 12–48 V DC 

yellow 310 06 10 3 000 310 06 13 3 000 310 06 58 3 000 310 06 90 3 000 

amber 310 06 10 4 000 310 06 13 4 000 310 06 58 4 000 310 06 90 4 000 

red 310 06 10 5 000 310 06 13 5 000 310 06 58 5 000 310 06 90 5 000 


GOST 

Visual 



We hereby declare that the explosion-protected fl ashing light with the type designation Ex-CWB-ATEX 

has been developed and manufactured in accordance with EN 60079-0. 


94/9/EG 

CE conformity 

EN 60079-0 Electrical equipment for areas at risk of explosions – General requirements 

EN 60079-1 Pressure-resistant encapsulation ‘d’ 

EN 60079-7 Enhanced safety ‘e’ 

EN 61241-0 Electrical equipment for use in areas with combustible dust 

EN 60598 Lights 

EN 60529 Types of protection by enclosure (IP code) 

EN 60400 / IEC 61 Lamp sockets for tube-shaped fl uorescent lamps and starter sockets 

2004/108/EG ‘Electromagnetic compatibility’ 

The flashing light is approved for use in potentially explosive areas in Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 as per 94/9/EU. 


205



Ex-PEX 2005 

• the fl ashing lights from the Ex-PEX series have been developed for 

Zone 1, potentially explosive areas and can be used in industrial and 

maritime applications 

• serve to provide warnings and information 

• recognition through omni-directional light propagation, refl ections and 

sharp contrasts as well as intensive direct and indirect radiation 

• intended for permanent installation with vertically orientated housing 

axis 

• available with protection types ‘d’ with or without connecting cable or 

as ‘de’ version 

r = 

11 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 65 

Protection 

system 

+ 40 °C 

- 20 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data Ex-PEX 2005 

Rated voltage 240 V AC 230 V AC 110 V AC 42 V AC 24 V AC 80 V DC 60 V DC 48 V DC 24 V DC 12 V DC 


50 Hz / 60 Hz 

Operating range 216–264V 207–253V 90–135 V 35–50 V 20–30 V 64–96 V 50–72 V 40–60 V 18–30 V 10–15 V 

Nominal current consumption 0.055 A 0.055 A 0.110 A 0.180 A 0.230 A 0.105 A 0.125 A 0.150 A 0.270 A 0.510 A 

Mechanical data Ex-PEX 2005 


EN 60079-1 ’d’ fl ame proof enclosure for light housing and cable entries 

EN 60079-7 ’e’ enhanced safety for terminal box 



II 2G Ex d IIC T6 

II 2G Ex d IIB T6 (“d” without cable) 

Category (area of use) 2G (Zone 1) / 3G (Zone 2) 

Certificate of conformity PTB 03 ATEX 1022 

Testing body PTB Braunschweig 

Flash energy 

5 Joules 

Flash rate 

approx. 1 Hz 

Lens colours clear, white, amber, red, green, blue 

Temperature class T T6 @ - 20 °C ... + 40 °C 






General purpose 

arbitrary 

Material 

lens 

m akrolon (polycarbonate) 

housing weather-resistant aluminium similar to RAL 1018, zinc yellow; plinth black 

Connection terminal 

Cable gland 

Power supply cord 

Weight 

Ex de version max. 2.5 mm 2 

Ex ’d’ version max. 1.5 mm 2 

Ex de version 2 x M20 x 1.5 

Ex ’d’ version 1 x M20 x 1.5 

H05VV, 0.75 mm 2 , 2 m long (version with cable connection) 

Ex de version 


Ex ’d’ version 


206 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 


flashing light with cable connection (2 m) 

Ex de version 

flashing light with Ex e connecting terminals 


flashing light with Ex d cable gland 

Ø 80 

Ø 90 

50 

250 

300 

79 

5 

50 

18 

Ø 7 

35 

50 



Ex-PEX 2005 


with cable connection (UKE) 

Ex-PEX 2005 

Ex de version with 

Ex e connecting terminals (AES) 


yellow/amber 310 35 10 3 011 310 35 80 3 011 310 35 10 3 010 310 35 80 3 010 

red 310 35 10 5 011 310 35 80 5 011 310 35 10 5 010 310 35 80 5 010 

Article numbers for other versions on request 


Ex e 

junction 

box 


381 07 00 0 110 

Version 

with cable 

connection 

GOST 

Visual 



We hereby declare that the explosion-protected fl ashing light with the type designation 

Ex-PEX 2005 



94/9/EG 

CE conformity 

EN 60079-0 Electrical equipment for areas at risk of explosions 

– General requirements 

EN 60664-1 

EN 842 



EN 60529 

EN 60073 Basic coding principles for display devices and control elements DIN IEC 60038 

DIN 5037 

Technical evaluation of spotlights 

2004/108/EG 


Air and creepage distances 

Machine safety 

– visual alarm signals 

Types of protection by enclosure (IP code) 

IEC supply voltages 

‘Electromagnetic compatibility’ 

The flashing light is approved for use in potentially explosive areas in Zones 1 and 2. 


207



Ex-PEX 2010 








axis 



r = 

17 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 65 

Protection 

system 

+ 40 °C 

- 20 °C 

Operating 

temperature 


Rated voltage 240 V AC 230 V AC 110 V AC 42 V AC 24 V AC 80 V DC 60 V DC 48 V DC 24 V DC 12 V DC 


50 Hz / 60 Hz 

Operating range 216–264V 207–253V 99–121 V 38–46 V 22–26 V 64–96 V 50–72 V 40–60 V 18–30 V 10–15 V 

Nominal current consumption 0.11 A 0.11 A 0.24 A 0.35 A 0.62 A 0.20 A 0.25 A 0.33 A 0.65 A 1.25 A 








II 2G Ex d IIB T6 (“d” without cable) 




Flash energy 

10 Joules 

Flash rate 

approx. 1 Hz 








Material 

lens makrolon (polycarbonate) 





Cable gland Ex de version 2 x M20 x 1.5 




Weight 

Ex de version 




208 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 



Ex de version 




Ø 80 

Ø 90 

50 

250 

300 

79 

5 

50 

18 

Ø 7 

35 

50 



Ex-PEX 2010 



Ex-PEX 2010 




yellow/amber 310 25 10 3 011 310 25 80 3 011 310 25 10 3 010 310 25 80 3 010 

red 310 25 10 5 011 310 25 80 5 011 310 25 10 5 010 310 25 80 5 010 

Article numbers for other versions on request 


Ex e 

junction 

box 


381 07 00 0 110 

Version 

with cable 

connection 

GOST 

Visual 




Ex-PEX 2010 



94/9/EG 

CE conformity 



EN 60664-1 

EN 842 



EN 60529 


DIN 5037 


2004/108/EG 










209



Ex-PEX 2015 








axis 



r = 

23 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 65 

Protection 

system 

+ 40 °C 

- 20 °C 

Operating 

temperature 


Rated voltage 240 V AC 230 V AC 110 V AC 42 V AC 60 V DC 48 V DC 24 V DC 


Operating range 216 V – 264 V 207 V – 253 V 99 V – 121 V 38 V – 46 V 50 V – 72 V 40 V – 60 V 18 V – 30 V 

Nominal current consumption 0.22 A 0.24 A 0.40 A 0.40 A 0.35 A 0.40 A 0.75 A 








II 2G Ex d IIB T6 (’d’ without cable) 




Flash energy 

15 Joules 

Flash rate 

approx. 1 Hz 








Material 

lens makrolon (polycarbonate) 



Cable gland 


Weight 



Ex de version 2 x M20 x 1.5 



Ex de version 




210 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 



Ex de version 




Ø 80 

Ø 90 

50 

250 

300 

79 

5 

50 

18 

Ø 7 

35 

50 



Ex-PEX 2015 



Ex-PEX 2015 



Ex-PEX 2015 

Ex ’d’ version with 

Ex d cable gland (DKV) 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 

yellow/amber 310 15 10 3 011 310 15 80 3 011 310 15 10 3 010 310 15 80 3 010 310 15 10 3 012 310 15 80 3 012 

red 310 15 10 5 011 310 15 80 5 011 310 15 10 5 010 310 15 80 5 010 310 15 10 5 012 310 15 80 5 012 



Ex e 

junction 

box 


381 07 00 0 110 

Version 

with cable 

connection 

GOST 

Visual 




Ex-PEX 2015 



94/9/EG 

CE conformity 



EN 60664-1 

EN 842 



EN 60529 


DIN 5037 


2004/108/EG 










211


Flashing lights 5 Joules / 10 Joules / 15 Joules 

BExBG05 / BExBG10 / BExBG15 ATEX 

The fl ashing light is ideal for almost all mounting requirements: side, 

ceiling and fl oor mounting 

• categories 2G (Zones 1 and 2), 2D (Zones 21 and 22) 

• extremely bright at up to 15 Joules fl ash energy 

• large connection box for simple mounting 

• also available with connection box in increased safety version 

• very sturdy, manufactured from seawater-resistant aluminium and 

stainless steel protection cage 

• can be mounted in all operating positions 

5 Joules 10 Joules 15 Joules 

r = 

11 m 

r = 

17 m 

r = 

23 m 

IP 67 

+ 55 °C 

- 50 °C 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Range as 

per EN 54 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data AC BExBG05 BExBG10 BExBG15 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 230 V AC 115 V AC 230 V AC 115 V AC 

Rated frequency 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 50 Hz / 60 Hz 



Electrical data DC BExBG05 BExBG10 BExBG15 

Rated voltage 48 V DC 24 V DC 12 V DC 48 V DC 24 V DC 12 V DC 48 V DC 24 V DC 

Operating range ± 25 % ± 25 % ± 25 % ± 25 % ± 25 % ± 25 % ± 25 % ± 25 % 

Nominal current consumption 180 mA 300 mA 750 mA 340 mA 660 mA 1450 mA 480 mA 860 mA 

Mechanical data BExBG05D/BExBG05E BExBG10D/BExBG10E BExBG15D/BExBG15E 

Type of protection EEx d IP 67 / EEx de IP 66 

Explosion protection 1 


II 2G EEx d IIC T5 or T6 

II 2G EEx de IIC T5 or T6 

II 2D T100°C or T85°C 

Certificate of conformity KEMA 01 ATEX 2030X 



II 2D T135°C or T100°C 

2G (Zone 1, 2) 

2D (Zone 21, 22) 

Testing body 

KEMA 

Flash energy 5 Joules 10 Joules 15 Joules 

Flash rate 

60 fl ashes/min., stabilised 

Lens colours 



T5 / T100°C @ Ta - 50 °C ... + 55 °C 

T4 / T135°C @ Ta - 50 °C ... + 55 °C 

T6 / T85°C @ Ta - 50 °C ... + 40 °C 







lens glass 

Material 

housing die-cast aluminium, resistant to salt water, marine grade LM6, red (RAL 3000) 


Type of connection 1 x 4 mm 2 or 2 x 2.5 mm 2 

Cable entry 1 2 x M20, of which one open, optionally PG13.5 or 1/2“ NPT 

Weight 

1 

Ex cable gland not included 

’d’ version 

’e’ version 

2.45 kg 

2.75 kg 

212 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

EEx ’d’ version 

EEx de version 

165 

145 

164.5 

226.5 

63 

75 

63 

75 

30 30 

3 x 7 mm Ø mounting holes 


Article numbers BExBG05-E BExBG05-D 


yellow 311 30 10 3 000 311 30 80 3 000 311 31 10 3 000 311 31 80 3 000 

amber 311 30 10 4 000 311 30 80 4 000 311 31 10 4 000 311 31 80 4 000 

red 311 30 10 5 000 311 30 80 5 000 311 31 10 5 000 311 31 80 5 000 



yellow 311 20 10 3 000 311 20 80 3 000 311 21 10 3 000 311 21 80 3 000 

amber 311 20 10 4 000 311 20 80 4 000 311 21 10 4 000 311 21 80 4 000 

red 311 20 10 5 000 311 20 80 5 000 311 21 10 5 000 311 21 80 5 000 



yellow 311 10 10 3 000 311 10 80 3 000 311 11 10 3 000 311 11 80 3 000 

amber 311 10 10 4 000 311 10 80 4 000 311 11 10 4 000 311 11 80 4 000 

red 311 10 10 5 000 311 10 80 5 000 311 11 10 5 000 311 11 80 5 000 



GOST 

Visual 




BExBG05 … 15 d or e ATEX 

has been developed and manufactured in accordance with section 5.1.2 of EN 50014. 


94/9/EG 

CE conformity 

EN 50014 Electrical equipment for areas at risk of explosions – General requirements 

EN 50018 Pressure-resistant encapsulation ‘d’ 

EN 50019 Enhanced safety ‘e’ 

EN 50281-1-1 Electrical equipment for use in areas with combustible dust 


89/336/EWG ‘Electromagnetic compatibility’ 

The Ex-BExBG05 - 15 d or e flashing lights are approved for use in potentially explosive areas in Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 as per 94/9/EU. 


213


LED Light 

BExBG L1D ATEX 

The LED light is ideal for almost all mounting requirements: side, 

ceiling and fl oor mounting 

• categories 2G (Zones 1 and 2), 2D (Zones 21 and 22) 

• large connection box for simple mounting 

• also available with connection box in increased safety version 

• very sturdy, manufactured from seawater-resistant aluminium and 

stainless steel protection cage 

• can be mounted in all operating positions 

• a total of 9 different operating modes can be set 

• 2 additional operating modes can be controlled externally 

r = 

5 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 67 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 50 °C 

Operating 

temperature 


Rated voltage 


BExBG L1D 

230 V AC 

50 Hz / 60 Hz 

Operating range ± 10 % 



70 mA 

BExBG L1D 

Type of protection Ex d IP 67 


Explosion protection 1 


II 2D T135°C or T100°C 


2G (Zone 1, 2) 

2D (Zone 21, 22) 

Certificate of conformity KEMA 01 ATEX 2006X 

Testing body 

KEMA 

Light source 

32 LEDs 

Lens colours 



T4 / T135°C @ Ta - 50 °C ... + 55 °C 






> 50.000 hrs 

lens glass 

Material 

housing die-cast aluminium, resistant to salt water, marine grade LM6, red (RAL 3000) 


Type of connection 1 x 4 mm 2 or 2 x 2.5 mm 2 

Cable entry 1 2 x M20, of which one open, optionally PG13.5 or 1/2“ NPT 

Weight 

2.75 kg 

1 

Ex cable gland not included 


Mode 

internal 

external 


1 all on 9 8 





Mode 

internal 

external 






214 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 


EEx de version 

165 

151.5 

145 

164.5 

226.5 

239.5 

63 

75 

63 

75 

30 30 

3 x 7 mm Ø mounting holes 


AC version 

DC version 

Operation 

mode selection 

Connecting 

terminals 

Operation 

mode selection 

Control 

stage S2 and S3 

Control 

stage S2 and S3 



BExBG L1D 


amber 311 51 10 4 000 



Visual 


GOST 


We hereby declare that the explosion-protected LED light with the type designation 

BExBG L1D ATEX 



94/9/EG 

CE conformity 



EN 50019 Enhanced safety ‘e’ 



89/336/EWG ‘Electromagnetic compatibility’ 

The BExBG L1D ATEX LED light is approved for use in potentially explosive areas in Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 as per 94/9/EU. 


215


IS-Mini series LED Blinking Light 

IS-mB1 

• very economical visual alarm 

• certifi ed for use in Ex-Zones 0, 1 and 2! 

• compact design with a diameter of just 88 mm 

• blinking light operated via certifi ed zener barriers or galvanic isolators 

• super-bright LEDs in red, green, blue and yellow/orange 

• very well suited for fi re alarm systems and direct control due to low 

power consumption 

See pages 242 and 243 for suitable zener barriers 

r = 

4 m 

Range as 

per EN 54 

IP 65 

Protection 

system 

+ 60 °C 

- 40 °C 

Operating 

temperature 


IS-mB1 

Rated voltage 

24 V DC 


16 V – 28 V 

Nominal current consumption 25 mA 1 

1 

typical for connection to 24 V DC via 28 V / 300 Ω zener barrier. Power must be connected via a zener barrier (max. 28 V DC, 93 mA DC, 0.66 W) or a galvanic 

isolator, specified by the system certificate (see page 243) 


IS-mB1 

Type of protection EN50020 ‘ia’ inherently safe 

Explosion protection II 1G EEx ia IIC T4 

1G (Zone 0) 


2G (Zone 1) 

3G (Zone 2) 

Certificate SIRA 05 ATEX2084X 

Testing body 

SIRA 

Flash rate can be set to 2 Hz or 1 Hz 

Lens colour clear, with red, yellow/amber, blue or green LEDs 

Temperature class T T4 @ Ta - 40 °C ... + 60 °C 





Material 

lens 


housing ABS, self-extinguishing UL 94 VO & 5VA, similar RAL 3000 (fl ame red) 


Cable entry 

2 x M20 (disruption prepared) 

Weight 

210 g 

216 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Ø 88.7 85 

M20 

95 

85.5 A/F 

M20 

Connection diagram 

Seal 


Frequencies 

Frequency 

setting 

Ordering details4 


IS-mB1 

Colour Rated voltage 24 V DC 

yellow/amber 310 08 80 4 000 

red 310 08 80 5 000 

green 310 08 80 6 000 

blue 310 08 80 7 000 

Visual 



Zener 

barrier 




Developed and manufactured in accordance with the following regulations and standards: 

EN 50014 

EN 50020 

EN 50284 

Electrical equipment for areas at risk of explosions – General requirements 

Electrical equipment for areas at risk of explosions – intrinsically safety ‘i‘ 

Special requirements for the design, testing and marking of electrical equipment in appliance group II, category 1G 


217



DS 5 / DS 10 3G/3D ATEX 

Gas and dust protection 

• the industrial sounder for tough applications. Proven 100,000 times 

over in shipping. ‘When nothing else works, this still does!‘ 

‘Heavy duty’ but still light! 

• for use as an acoustic alarm in potentially explosive workplaces of 

category 3G (Zone 2) and 3D (Zone 22) 

• category for gas and dust protection 

• IP 67 for safe operation under extreme environmental conditions 

• individual selection of 32 different tones 

optional: 

• 4-stage external tone selection (options: TAS, TAV) 

• all tones can be individually combined with one another when 

externally controlled (programming function, tone 32) 

DS 5 3G/3D 

r = 

32 m 

DS 10 3G/3D 

r = 

56 m 

IP 66 

IP 67 

VdS 

G28609 

EN 

54-3 

‘d’ 

versions 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 


DS 5 3G/3D 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V AC 1 24 V DC 12 V DC 





DS 10 3G/3D 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 115 V AC 24 V AC 1 24 V DC 12 V DC 




1 

Temperature class T3 

Mechanical data DS 5 3G/3D DS 10 3G/3D 



Testing body 

II 3G EEx nA II T4 (all voltages except 24 V AC) 

II 3G Ex nA II T3 (24 V AC only) 

II 3D Ex tD A22 IP 67 T135°C 

3G (Zone 2) 

3D (Zone 22) 

Pfannenberg 

Sound pressure level 105 dB (A) ± 3 dB (A) 110 dB (A) ± 3 dB (A) 

Temperature class T4 / T3 @ - 25 °C ... + 55 °C 




Material die-cast aluminium GD-AI Si12 Cu 

Surface coating epoxy resin paint RAL 3000, fl ame red 

Cable entry 2 x M20 x 1.5 (1 x plastic cable gland, 1 x plug) 

Clamping range of the cable fitting 


Connecting terminals min. 0.08 mm 2 ... max. 2.5 mm 2 AWG 28 - 12 (AWG12 THHN, THWN) 

Weight 

AC: 2.15 kg / DC: 1.95 kg 


External tone selection control / 4-stage external 


TAV: control by means of external voltage input 

(12 V and 24 V DC only) 

TAS: control by means of control voltage 

GOST 

GL 

30457-83-HH 

218 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Ø 7 

143 

M20 x 1.5 

133.5 

150 

Blanking plug (for M20) 71.5 71.5 


tone 

Code switch 



Stage 2 

Stage 3 

Stage 4 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

0 no tone 1 5 4 

1 

2 


DIN 33 404, part 3 



3 2 4 

1 4 3 




tone 

Code switch 

1 2 3 4 5 6 



Stage 2 

Stage 3 

Stage 4 



20 

21 

22 



SOLAS III/6.4 


– leave ship 


with gap 

9 21 26 

20 9 26 

19 14 2 

6 siren 1 4 9 

23 siren 27 12 2 

7 

8 

fi re alarm France – 

NFS21-001 


Sweden – SS 031711 

3 10 4 

2 3 4 

9 horn 1 3 4 












27 siren 13 23 19 

28 siren 7 10 4 

29 siren – Hoechst 1 30 9 


31 

32 

siren 

– NF C 48-265 




Article numbers DS 10 3G/3D DS 5 3G/3D 

3 14 4 


Standard 231 11 10 0 007 231 11 15 0 007 231 11 80 0 007 231 06 10 0 007 231 06 15 0 007 231 06 80 0 007 

TAS 231 11 10 0 155 231 11 15 0 155 231 11 80 0 155 231 06 10 0 155 231 06 15 0 155 231 06 80 0 155 


Acoustic 



We hereby declare that the explosion-protected means of alarm with the type designation DS 10 3G/3D, DS 5 3G/3D 

fullfi ls the requirements of the EN 60079-0, EN 60079-15, EN 61241-0 and EN 61241-1 standards in their latest editions. 


DIN EN 60079-0 Electrical equipment for areas at risk of gas explosions 

- General requirements 

UVV-BGV A3 (VBG4) 

DIN EN 54-3 

Electrical plants and equipment 

Fire alarm systems – Part 3: fi re alarm devices; 

DIN EN 60079-15 Electrical equipment for areas at risk of gas explosions 

- Type of protection “n” 

DIN EN 981 

Acoustic alarms 

Machine safety - System of acoustic and visual alarm signals 

DIN EN 61241-0 Electrical equipment for use in areas with combustible dust 

- General requirements 

DIN EN 50262 


Metric cable glands for electrical installations 

DIN EN 61241-1 Electrical equipment for use in areas with combustible dust 

brennbarem Staub - part 1: protection by enclosure ‘tD’ 

DIN IEC 60038 

DIN 33404/3 

IEC standard voltages 

Alarm signals for workplaces; acoustic alarm signals; uniform 

DIN EN 61000-6-2 Generic standard, interference immunity for industrial areas 

emergency signal; technical safety requirements, tests 

DIN EN 61000-6-3 Generic standard, interference emission for residential areas DIN EN 60947-1 Low-voltage switchgear – Part 1: General specifi cations 

DIN EN 50130-4 Electromagnetic compatibility; product family standard: requirements 

for the interference immunity of system components 

for fire and burglar alarms and well as social alarm systems 

DIN EN 60950-1 

DIN EN 60529 

Safety of information technology equipment 


DIN EN ISO7731 Ergonomic – alarms for public areas and workplaces – 


9. GPSG Appliance and product safety act 

Guideline 94/9/EG (ATEX 100a) 

DIN EN 60079-0 / DIN EN 60079-15 / DIN EN 61241-0 / DIN EN 61241-1 

The DS 10 3G/3D, DS 5 3G/3D sounders are approved for use in potentially explosive areas in Zones 2 and 22 as per 94/9/EU. 


219



E2xS 112 / E2xS 121 

• 45 different tones, including tones conforming to UKOOA/PFEER 

• 2 externally controllable tones 

• highly resistant to corrosion and suitable for the toughest 

environments 


• besides ATEX, also suitable for operational area class 1, 

division 2 (optional) 



r = 

56m 

E2xS 112 

r = 

126m 

E2xS 121 

IP 66 

IP 67 

+ 55 °C 

- 20 °C 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data E2xS 112 





Electrical data E2xS 121 





Mechanical data E2xS 112 E2xS 121 

Explosion protection II 3G EEx na nL IIC T4 



Testing body 

DEMKO 

Sound pressure level distance 1 m 110 dB (A) ± 3 dB 117 dB (A) ± 3 dB 

Tones 

45 different tones (conforming to UKOOA/PFEER) selectable by DIP switch, 

of which 2 selected tones can be selected externally 

Temperature class T IIC T4 @ - 20 °C ... + 55 °C Ta 





Material housing UL94VO PPS & ABS 


Cable entry 

Weight 

2 x M20 (with 1 blanking plug), optionally for UL 1 x 1/2“ NPT 

AC: 3.0 kg / DC: 2.5 kg 


Article numbers E2xS 112 E2xS 121 


320 56 10 0 000 320 56 15 0 000 320 56 80 0 000 320 57 10 0 000 320 57 15 0 000 320 57 80 0 000 



220 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

A 

B 

F 

E2xS 112 E2xS 121 

A Ø 181 Ø 220 

B Ø 142 

C 30 

D 166 

E 160 

F 270.6 321 

C C 

E 

D 

3 holes Ø 7 




tone 2 alternating tone 800 Hz / 1000 Hz, alternation every 0.25 s tone 17 tone 5 


tone 4 sweeping 800 Hz / 1000 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz tone 6 tone 5 


tone 6 sweeping 2400 Hz / 2900 Hz, switching frequency 7 Hz tone 7 tone 5 


tone 8 sweeping 500 Hz / 1200 Hz / 500 Hz, switching frequency 0.3 Hz tone 2 tone 5 

tone 9 1200 Hz / 500 Hz, 1 Hz – DIN / PFEER P.T.A.P. tone 15 tone 2 

tone 10 alternating tone 2400 Hz / 2900 Hz, switching frequency 2 Hz tone 7 tone 5 


tone 12 alternating tone 800 Hz / 1000 Hz, switching frequency 0.875 Hz tone 4 tone 5 



















tone 31 siren 660 Hz / 1200 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz tone 26 tone 5 















Acoustic 



221


Sounders 110 dB (A) / 117 dB (A) 

BExS 110/120 d/e, BExDS 110/120 d/e 

• 32 different tones can be set; UKOOA/PFEER conformant 

• 110/117 dB (A) ± 3 dB (A) sound pressure 

• 3 externally selectable tones – positive and negative control possible 

in the case of DC devices 

• quartz-stabilised tone synchronisation 

• adjustable volume (except 12 V DC) 

• ATEX and optionally IECEx approval 

• housing made of die-cast aluminium LM6, horn made of ABS 


• categories 2G and 3G (Zones 1 and 2) 

• also available as categories 2D & 3D (Zones 21 & 22) for dust zones 

• amendment 2; extended approval/temperature range + 70 °C 

BExS 110 

r = 

56m 

E2xS 121 

r = 

126m 

IP 66 

IP 67 

+ 70 °C 

- 50 °C 

EN 

54-3 

‘d’ 

versions 

‘d’ 

VdS versions 

24 V DC 

G209081 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 


BExS 110 d/e / BExDS 110 d/e 



Operating range ± 10 % ± 10 % ± 25 % ± 25 % ± 25 % 



BExS 120 d/e / BExDS 120 d/e 





Mechanical data BExS 110 d/e BExS 120 d/e BExDS 110 d/e BExDS 120 d/e 

Protection system ’d’= IP 67; or ’e’= IP 66 



II 2G EEx d IIC T4 / II 2G EEx de IIC T4 

II 2G EEx d IIB T4 / II 2G EEx de IIB T4 

2G (Zone 1) 

3G (Zone 2) 

II 2G/D EEx d IIC T4 100°C / II 2G/D EEx de IIC T4 100°C 

II 2G/D EEx d IIB T4 115°C / II 2G/D EEx de IIB T4 115°C 

2G (Zone 1) / 2D (Zone 21) 

3G (Zone 2) / 3D (Zone 22) 

Certificate of conformity KEMA 99 ATEX 7906 KEMA 99 ATEX 6312 

Testing body KEMA KEMA 

Sound pressure 

level 

microphone distance 

1 m 

110 dB (A) ± 3 dB (A) 117 dB (A) ± 3 dB (A) 110 dB (A) ± 3 dB (A) 117 dB (A) ± 3 dB (A) 


IIC: T4 @ - 50 °C ... + 55 °C Ta 

IIB: T4 @ - 50 °C ... + 70 °C Ta 

T4 @ - 50 °C ... + 55 °C Ta 




Material 

housing die-cast aluminium LM6, similar to RAL 3000 (fl ame red) 

horn ABS self-extinguishing, similar to UL 94 VO & 5VA FR ABS, Ex II 2D anti-static ABS, black 


EExd 1 x 4 mm 2 or 2 x 2.5 mm 2 

EExde 2 x 2.5 mm 2 

Cable entry 2 / 1 x closed, 1 x open (M20), optionally PG13.5 or 1/2“ NPT 

Weight 


EExd 

EExde 

AC version: 3.42 kg 

DC version: 3.16 kg 















GOST 

IECEx 

No. SIM 

04.001 

222 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

BEx(D)S 120D/E 

BEx(D)S 110D/E 

162 

145 

Ø 220 

Ø 181 

7 (3x) 

’d’ version: 263 ’e’ version: 275 

’d’ version: 313 ’e’ version: 326 30 

30 


Basic tone 

no. 

Tones 

Stage 2 Stage 3 DIP switch settings 

T2 T3 1 2 3 4 5 

1 continuous tone 1000 Hz, toxic gas alarm 31 11 0 0 0 0 0 

2 alternating tone 800 Hz / 1000 Hz, alternation every 0.25 s 17 5 1 0 0 0 0 

3 slow whoop 500-1200 Hz, duration 3 s, gap 0.5 s 2 5 0 1 0 0 0 

4 sweeping 800 Hz / 1000 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz 6 5 1 1 0 0 0 

5 continuous tone 2400 Hz 3 27 0 0 1 0 0 

6 sweeping 2400 Hz / 2900 Hz, switching frequency 7 Hz 7 5 1 0 1 0 0 


8 siren 500 / 1200 / 500 Hz, duration 3 s 2 5 1 1 1 0 0 

9 sawtooth 1200 Hz / 500 Hz within 1 Hz – DIN-TON, PFEER DIN 33909 15 2 0 0 0 1 0 

10 alternating tone 2400 Hz / 2900 Hz, switching frequency 2 Hz 7 5 1 0 0 1 0 

11 interrupted tone 1000 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz, general alarm 31 1 0 1 0 1 0 

12 alternating tone 800 Hz / 1000 Hz, switching frequency 0.875 Hz 4 5 1 1 0 1 0 

13 interrupted tone 2400 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz 15 5 0 0 1 1 0 

14 interrupted tone 800 Hz, 0.25 s signal, 1 s gap 4 5 1 0 1 1 0 


16 interrupted tone 660 Hz, 150 ms signal, 150 ms gap 18 5 1 1 1 1 0 

17 alternating tone 544 Hz (100 ms) / 440 Hz (400 ms) – NF S 32-001 2 27 0 0 0 0 1 

18 interrupted tone 660 Hz, 1.8 s signal, 1.8 s gap 2 5 1 0 0 0 1 

19 sweeping 1400 Hz –1600 Hz rising 1 s, falling 0.5 s – NF C 48-265 2 5 0 1 0 0 1 


21 alternating tone 554 Hz / 440 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz 2 5 0 0 1 0 1 

22 interrupted tone 544 Hz, 0.875 s signal, 0.875 s gap 2 5 1 0 1 0 1 

23 interrupted tone 800 Hz, switching frequency 2 Hz 6 5 0 1 1 0 1 



26 simulated bell 2 1 1 0 0 1 1 




30 interrupted tone 420 Hz, 0.625 s signal, 0.625 s gap, Australian alert 32 5 1 0 1 1 1 

31 sweeping 1200 Hz / 500 Hz, switching frequency 1 Hz, ‘prepare to leave platform’ 11 1 0 1 1 1 1 

sweeping 500 Hz / 1200 Hz, 0.375 s signal, 0.375 s gap, 

32 

switching frequency 15 Hz, Australian evacuation alarm 

The sounder can be set externally to the respective tones of stage 2 & 3. Tone 2 is preset. 

26 1 1 1 1 1 1 

Acoustic 



Article numbers BExS 110D BExS 110E BExDS 110D BExDS 110E 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 230 V AC 

320 80 10 0 000 320 80 80 0 000 320 82 10 0 000 320 82 80 0 000 320 75 10 0 000 320 85 10 0 000 

Article numbers BExS 120D BExS 120E BExDS 120D BExDS 120E 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 230 V AC 

320 76 10 0 000 320 76 80 0 000 320 78 10 0 000 320 78 80 0 000 320 89 10 0 000 320 81 10 0 000 



223


r = 

56 m 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

Sounder with speech reproduction 110 dB (A) 

BExA110 d/e 

IP 66 

IP 67 

Protection 

system 

+ 70 °C 

- 50 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data BExA110 d/e 



• text individually programmable without programming device (integrated 

microphone) 

• max. 16 seconds speech reproduction 

• 9 different tones (DIN tone), UKOOA/PFEER conformant 

• volume control up to 20 dB (A) via potentiometer 

• combination of tone/spoken message 

• also available as categories 2D & 3D (Zones 21 & 22) for dust zones 

• precise defi nition of alarms and warnings 

• low power consumption, hence long alarm using emergency power 

• suitable for UPS systems due to 24 V rated voltage 

• no PA system required for speech reproduction 



• surface coating has good resistance to most acids, alkalis and oils 

Operating range ± 10 % ± 10 % ± 25 % 

Power consumption at maximum volume 45 mA 90 mA 480 mA 

Mechanical data BExA110 d BExA110 de 

Protection system IP 67 IP 66 





2G (Zone 1) 

3G (Zone 2) 

Certificate of conformity KEMA 99 ATEX 7906 

Testing body 

KEMA 

Sound pressure level distance 1 m 110 dB (A) ± 3 dB (A) – speech reproduction 5 dB (A) lower 


IIC: T4 @ - 50 °C ... + 55 °C Ta 

IIB: T4 @ - 50 °C ... + 70 °C Ta 




Material 




AC 2 x 1.5 mm 2 

DC 1 x 4 mm 2 or 2 x 2.5 mm 2 


Weight 

AC 3.4 kg 3.7 kg 

DC 3.2 kg 3.4 kg 

224 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

162 

145 

Ø 181 


7 (3x) 

30 

30 


Stage 

Tone & frequency description 

Bridge setting for 


Tone length 

1 alternating tone 800 Hz / 1000 Hz, alternation every 0.25 s 4 cycles 

R C B A 

2 slow whoop 500-1200 Hz, duration 3 s, gap 0.5 s 2 cycles 

R C B A 

3 sawtooth 1200 Hz / 500 Hz within 1 s PAPA 4 cycles 

R C B A 

4 alternating tone 544 Hz for 100 ms, 550 Hz for 400 ms 4 cycles 

R C B A 

5 continuous tone 1000 Hz, toxic gas alarm 2 seconds 

R C B A 

6 simulated bell 2 seconds 

R C B A 

7 interrupted tone 1000 Hz, signal 0.5 s, gap 0.5 s, general alarm 3 cycles 

R C B A 

8 Australian alert 420 Hz with 0.625 s gap 4 cycles 

R C B A 

9 Australian evacuation alarm 500 Hz / 1200 Hz, duration 3.75 s, gap 0.25 s 2 cycles 

R C B A 

10 no tone – 0.5 s gap between messages or 2 s pause if 2 nd message option is selected 

R C B A 

Acoustic 



Article numbers BExA110 d BExA110 e 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 

320 86 10 0 000 320 86 80 0 000 320 88 10 0 000 320 88 80 0 000 


GOST 


225


r = 

32 m 

max. signal 

reception 

range 


IS-A105N 

IP 66 

Protection 

system 


+ 60 °C 

- 40 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

IS-A105N 

Rated voltage 24 V DC 

These sounders are used in workplaces where dangerous, explosive 

atmospheres are to be expected 

• free selection of 49 different tones UKOOA/PFEER conformant 

• high sound pressure level of 105 dB (A), can be reduced by up to 

15 dB (A) via a potentiometer 

• up to 2 tones can be selected externally in order to signal different 

alarms 

• works on DC voltages between 10 and 28 Volt DC, rated voltage 

24 V DC 

• an input protector prevents damage due to incorrect connection 

without a Zener barrier or galvanic isolation 

• can also be used outdoors thanks to housing made of 

self-extinguishing ABS and IP 66 protection system 

• categories 1G, 2G and 3G (Zones 0, 1 and 2) 


Operating range 10 V DC – 28 V DC 

Nominal current consumption 25 mA (typical for connection to 24 V DC via 28 V / 300 Ω zener barrier) 

Power must be connected via a zener barrier (max. 28 V DC, 93 mA DC, 0.66 W) or a galvanic isolator, specifi ed by the system certifi cate (see page 243) 


IS-A105N 

Type of protection EN 50020 ‘ia’ inherently safe 

Explosion protection II 1G EEx ia IIC T4 - 40 °C ... + 60 °C Ta 

Category (area of use) 1G (Zone 0) / 2G (Zone 1) / 3G (Zone 2) 

Certificate of conformity SIRA 04 ATEX 2301X 

Testing body SIRA 

Sound pressure 

level 

Tones 

microphone distance 

1 m 

up to 105 dB (A) ± 3 dB (A) 

can be reduced by up to 15 dB (A) via an internal potentiometer 

49 different tones can be set via DIP switch, of which 2 tones are externally selectable 




Material ABS self-extinguishing, similar to UL 94 VO 

Colour similar RAL 3000 (fl ame red), optionally in grey RAL 7038 or white RAL 9010 


Cable entry 


Weight 0.75 kg 

Dimensions 

130 

132 

130 

Ø 7.3 

143 

M20 

226 

www.pfannenberg.com











tone 8 siren 500 Hz / 1200 Hz / 500 Hz, duration 3 s tone 2 tone 5 

tone 9 sawtooth 1200 Hz / 500 Hz within 1 s tone 15 tone 2 

























tone 34 alternating tone 1000 Hz / 2000 Hz, alternation every 0.5 s tone 38 tone 45 


tone 36 slow whoop 500-1200 Hz within 1 s – Australian evacuation alarm tone 35 tone 5 

tone 37 continuous tone 1000 Hz tone 9 tone 45 








tone 45 interrupted tone 1000 Hz, 1 s signal, 1 s gap – general alarm tone 38 tone 34 




tone 49 slow whoop 500-1200 Hz within 1s – Australian evacuation alarm tone 26 tone 37 

Acoustic 




Rated voltage 

IS-A105N 

24 V DC 

320 33 80 0 000 


Developed and manufactured in accordance with EN 50014 (general requirements), EN 50020 (intrinsically safety), EMC Directive 89/336/EEC. 


227


IS-Mini series Sounders 100 dB (A) 

IS-mA1 

• very economical acoustic alarm 



• sounder operated via certifi ed zener barriers or galvanic isolators 

• 49 loud tones at 100 dB (A) 

• very well suited for fi re alarm systems and direct control due to low 

power consumption 

• self-synchronising sounder for clear tone perception 

• 2 different externally controllable tones 


r = 

18 m 

IP 65 

+ 60 °C 

- 40 °C 

• also available as mining-certifi ed device (IM1 EEx ia) 


max. signal 

reception 

range 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 


Rated voltage 


24 V DC 

16 V – 28 V 


1 




IS-mA1 

Type of protection EN 50014:1997 A1+A2, EN 50020 ‘ia’ inherently safe, EN 50284:1999 



Certificate SIRA 05 ATEX2084X 

Testing body 

SIRA 







Material ABS, self-extinguishing UL94VO & 5VA, similar RAL 3000 (fl ame red) 


Cable entry 


Weight 

230 g 

Dimensions 

Ø 88.7 99 

M20 

95 

85.5 A/F 

M20 



Rated voltage 

IS-mA1 

24 V DC 

320 34 80 0 000 

228 

www.pfannenberg.com











































Acoustic 













229


Loudspeaker 118 dB (A) 

E2xL 15 

• extremely sturdy and impact-proof 


• besides ATEX, UL approval for operational areas of class 1, 

division 2 is also optionally available 

• maximum output power 15 Watt 

r = 

141m 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

IP 66 

IP 67 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 20 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

Mechanical data E2xL 15 

Protection system IP 66, IP 67 

Explosion protection II 3G EEx nA IIC T4 



Testing body 

DEMKO 

Sound pressure level distance 1 m 118 dB (A) ± 3 dB (A) @ 15 W full power 

Rated power RMS 15 W 

Transformer 

type 

70 V power: 15 W / 7.5 W / 3 W / 1 W taps (Z = 336.67 Ω / 653.33 Ω / 1.6 kΩ / 4.9 kΩ) 

100 V power: 15 W / 7.5 W / 3 W / 1 W taps (Z = 666.87 Ω / 1.34 kΩ / 3.34 kΩ / 10 kΩ) 

Impedance type 8 Ω or 16 Ω 

Dispersion 

120° @ 1 kHz / 32° @ 4 kHz 

Frequency range 400 Hz – 8000 Hz 

Temperature class T IIC T4 @ - 20 °C ... + 55 °C Ta 



Material housing UL94VO PPS & ABS 


Cable entry 

2 x M20 (with 1 blanking plug), optionally PG13.5 or 1/2“ NPT 

Weight 

transformer 

2.6 kg 

impedance 

2.2 kg 

Power setting 

Impedance E2xL 15 15 W 

8 Ω 10.95 V 

16 Ω 15.49 V 

230 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Ø 181 

270.6 

Ø 142 

Ex Loudspeakers 

160 

30 30 

166 

3 holes Ø 7 


8 Ω and 16 Ω version 70 V and 100 V version 


Article numbers E2xL 15 

8 Ω 320 92 00 0 910 

16 Ω 320 92 00 0 911 

100 V transformer 320 92 00 0 912 


C 

US 


231


Loudspeakers 117 dB (A) / 113 dB (A) 

BExL 25 d/e / BExL 15 d/e 

• EEx d IIC T4 / EEx de IIC T4 

• KEMA certifi ed 

• ATEX approval, optionally IEC and GOST approvals 

• housing made of die-cast aluminium LM6, horn ABS 

• categories 2G and 3G (Zones 1 and 2) 

• also available as category 2D/3D for dust zones 21 and 22 

• chromated polyester powder coating, resistant to moisture and salt 

spray, good resistance to most acids, alkalis and oils 

r = 

79m 

BExL 15 

r = 

126m 

BExL 25 

IP 66 

IP 67 

+ 70 °C 

- 50 °C 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 

Mechanical data BExL 25 d/e BExL 15 d/e 

Protection system ’d’= IP 67; or ’e’= IP 66 





2G (Zone 1) 

3G (Zone 2) 


Testing body 

KEMA 

Sound pressure level distance 1 m 117 dB (A) ± 3 dB (A) @ 25 W 113 dB (A) ± 3 dB (A) @ 15 W 

Rated power sine wave 25 W 15 W 

100 V power – 25 W / 12.5 W / 6 W / 2 W taps 

Transformer 

type 

(Z = 400 Ω / 800 Ω / 1.67 kΩ / 5 kΩ) 



(Z = 666.87 Ω / 1.34 kΩ / 3.34 kΩ / 10 kΩ) 

Dispersion 130° @ 1 kHz / 32° @ 4 kHz 120° @ 1 kHz / 32°@ 4 kHz 

Frequency range 300 Hz – 8000 Hz 400 Hz – 8000 Hz 


IIC T4 @ - 50 °C ... + 55 °C Ta 

IIB T4 @ - 50 °C ... + 70 °C Ta 




Material 


horn ABS self-extinguishing, similar to UL 94 VO & 5VA FR ABS, Ex II 2GD anti-static ABS, black 

Connecting terminals 1 x 4 mm 2 or 2 x 2.5 mm 2 


Weight 

transformer ’d’: 3.95 kg / ’e’: 4.21 kg ’d’: 3.45 kg / ’e’: 3.10 kg 

impedance ’d’: 3.56 kg / ’e’: 3.82 kg ’d’: 3.71 kg / ’e’: 3.36 kg 

232 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

BExL 25 d/e 

BExL 15 d/e 

162 

Ø 220 

Ø 181 


7 (3x) 

145 


30 

30 


EEx ’d’ version 8 Ω and 16 Ω 

EEx ’e’ version 8 Ω and 16 Ω 

Connection 

internal potential 

equalisation 

2 x M20 cable entries 

internal earth 

connection 

100V version 

Connections BExL 25 d (25 W) BExL 15 d (15 W) 

A–B 25 W 15 W 

A–C 12.5 W 7.5 W 

A–D 6 W 3 W 

A–E 2 W 1 W 

Ex Loudspeakers 


Article numbers BExL 25 d BExL 25 e BExL 15 d BExL 15 e 

8 Ω 320 93 00 0 910 320 95 00 0 910 320 97 00 0 910 320 99 00 0 910 

16 Ω 320 93 00 0 911 320 95 00 0 911 320 97 00 0 911 320 99 00 0 911 

100 V transformer 320 93 00 0 912 320 95 00 0 912 320 97 00 0 912 320 99 00 0 912 


GOST 


233


Sounder/flashing light combination 

E2xCS 112-05 

• combination device for visual and acoustic alarms 

• besides ATEX, UL approval for operational areas of class 1, 

division 2 is also optionally available 

• automatic synchronisation or alternating mode of the fl ashing light 

• extremely intensive light refl ection due to 5 Joule xenon fl ash 

• 45 different tones, UKOOA/PFEER conformant 

• 2 externally controllable tones 


environments 


• extremely resistant to shocks and impacts 

r = 

56 m 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

IP 66 

IP 67 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 20 °C 

Operating 

temperature 





E2xCS 112-05 sounder 






E2xCS 112-05 flashing light 





Mechanical data E2xCS 112-05 


II 3G EEx na nL IIC T2 - 20 °C ... + 55 °C Ta 

II 3G EEx na nL IIC T3 - 20 °C ... + 40 °C Ta 



Testing body 

DEMKO 

Sound pressure level distance 1 m 110 dB (A) ± 3 dB 

Flash energy 

Flash rate 

Lens colours 

5 Joules 

1 Hz 








Material 

lens 

housing 

protective cage and bracket 


UL94VO PPS 



Cable entry 

Weight 

2 x M20 (with 1 blanking plug), optionally PG13.5 or 1/2“ NPT 

AC: 3.5 kg / DC: 3.0 kg 



E2xCS 112-05 ATEX 


red 320 61 10 5 000 320 61 15 5 000 320 61 80 5 000 



234 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

Ø 181 

170.6 

385.1 

30 30 

160 

166 

3 holes Ø 7 










tone 8 sweeping 500 Hz / 1200 Hz / 500 Hz, switching frequency 0.3 Hz tone 2 tone 5 

tone 9 1200 Hz / 500 Hz, 1 Hz – DIN / PFEER P.T.A.P. tone 15 tone 2 








































235


r = 

56 m 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

Sounder/flashing light combinations 

BExCS 110-05D, BExDCS 110-05D 

IP 67 

Protection 

system 


BEx(D)CS 110-05D sounder 







• 32 different tones incl. DIN tone, UKOOA/PFEER conformant, 

2 externally controllable tones (via plus or minus in DC version) 

(see page 223 for tone table) 

• fl ashing light and sounder can be controlled separately 

• synchronised fl ash frequency (1 Hz) or alternating fl ash mode in 

system operation 


environments 

• adjustable volume (except 12 V DC version) 

• flashing light is insensitive to vibration, impact and shock 




+ 55 °C 

- 50 °C 

Operating 

temperature 

BEx(D)CS 110-05D flashing light 





Mechanical data BExCS 110-05D BExDCS 110-05D 

Explosion protection II 2G EEx d IIB T4 - 50 °C ... + 55 °C Ta II 2GD EEx d IIB T4 T100°C 


2G (Zone 1) 

3G (Zone 2) 

2G (Zone 1) / 2D (Zone 21) 

3G (Zone 2) / 3D (Zone 22) 

Certificate of conformity KEMA 03 ATEX 2545 KEMA 01 ATEX 2223 


Sound pressure level 110 dB (A) 

Volume control - 9 dB 

Flash energy 

5 Joules 

Flash rate 

approx. 1 Hz = 60 fl ashes/min. 

Lens colours 








lens glass 

Material 





Weight 

AC version 

5.0 kg 

DC version 

4.8 kg 

236 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

368 

Ø 181 

165 

30 30 

3 holes Ø 7 


Article numbers BExCS 110-05D 


red 320 74 10 5 000 320 74 15 5 000 320 74 80 5 000 





GOST 


We hereby declare that the explosion-protected flashing light with the type designation 

BExCS 110-05 D, BExDCS 110-05D 



94/9/EG 

CE conformity 





237


r = 

56 m 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

Loudspeaker/flashing light combination BExCL 15-05D 

Voice sounder/flashing light combination 

BExCA 110-05D 



IP 67 

Protection 

system 

+ 55 °C 

- 50 °C 

Operating 

temperature 


• synchronised flash frequency or alternating flash mode in system operation 

• acoustic and visual signal can be controlled separately 

• highly resistant to corrosion and suitable for the toughest environments 


• stainless steel protective cage and stainless steel mounting bracket for 

360° positioning 

additionally for BExCA 110-05D 

(see page 224 for technical description) 

• 9 different tones 


• simple recording and saving of messages via built-in microphone 

(duration 16 seconds) 

BExCL 15-05D / BExCA 119-05D flashing light 






BExCA 110-05D voice sounder 



Operating range ± 10 % ± 10 % ± 25 % 

Nominal current consumption 45 mA 90 mA 480 mA 

Mechanical data BExCL 15-05D BExCA 110-05D 

Explosion protection II 2G EEx d IIB T4 / II 2G EEx de IIB T4 II 2G EEx d IIB T4 




Sound pressure level distance 1 m 113 dB (A) ± 3 dB (A) @ 15 W 110 dB (A) ± 3 dB (A) 

Alarm tones 

BExCA 

r = 

79 m 

max. signal 

reception 

range 

BExCL 

10 tones 

Rated power sine wave 15 W 

Transformer 

type 


(Z = 666.87 Ω / 1.34 kΩ / 3.34 kΩ / 10 kΩ) 


Dispersion 

120° @ 1 kHz / 32° @ 4 kHz 

Frequency range 400 Hz – 8000 Hz 

Flash energy 

5 Joules 

Flash rate 

approx. 1 Hz 

Lens colours 


Temperature class T IIB: T4 @ - 50 °C ... + 70 °C Ta 






lens glass 

Material 

housing die-cast aluminium LM6, RAL 3000 (fl ame red) 

horn ABS self-extinguishing, similar to UL 94 VO & 5VA FR ABS, Ex II 2D anti-static ABS 



Weight 5.0 kg AC: 5.0 kg / DC: 4.8 kg 

238 

www.pfannenberg.com


Dimensions 

368 Ø 181 

165 

30 30 

3 holes Ø 7 

Alarm tone table BExCA 110-05D 

Stage Tone & frequency description Tone length 

1 alternating tone 800 Hz / 1000 Hz, alternation every 0.25 s 4 cycles 

2 slow whoop 500-1200 Hz, duration 3 s, gap 0.5 s 2 cycles 

3 sawtooth 1200 Hz / 500 Hz @ 1Hz –DIN / PFEER P.T.A.P. 4 cycles 

4 alternating tone 544 Hz for 100 ms, 440 Hz for 400 ms – NF S 32.001 4 cycles 

5 continuous tone 1000 Hz, toxic gas alarm 2 cycles 

6 simulated bell 2 cycles 

7 interrupted tone 1000 Hz, signal 1 s, gap 1 s, general alarm 3 cycles 

8 Australian alert 420 Hz with 0.625 s gap 4 cycles 

9 Australian evacuation alarm 500 Hz / 1200 Hz, duration 3.75 s, gap 0.25 s 2 cycles 

10 no tone – 0.5 s gap 


Article numbers BExCL 15-05D 

Lens colour Type 230 V AC 24 V DC 

red 8 Ω 320 91 10 5 910 320 91 80 5 910 

red 16 Ω 320 91 10 5 911 320 91 80 5 911 

red 100 V transformer 320 91 10 5 912 320 91 80 5 912 

Article numbers BExCA 110-05D 


red 320 71 10 5 000 320 71 15 5 000 320 71 80 5 000 





GOST 



BExCL 150-05 D, BExCA 110-05D 



94/9/EG 

CE conformity 





239


LED blinking light/sounder combination 

IS-Mini series IS-mC1 

• very economical visual and acoustic alarm 



• alarm operated via certifi ed zener barriers or galvanic isolators 

• 49 loud tones at 100 dB (A); super-bright LEDs in red, green, blue 

and yellow/amber for all applications 


• can be operated as combination unit or separately 

• very well suited for fi re alarm systems and direct control due to 

low power consumption 

• self-synchronising sounder for clear tone perception 

r = 

18 m 

IP 65 

+ 60 °C 

- 40 °C 

• 2 different externally controllable tones 


max. signal 

reception 

range 

Protection 

system 

Operating 

temperature 


Rated voltage 


IS-mC1 

24 V DC 

16 V – 28 V 


1 




IS-mC1 

Type of protection EN 50014:1997 A1+A2, EN 50020 ‘ia’ inherently safe, EN 50284:1999 



Certificate / Testing body SIRA 05 ATEX2084X / SIRA 



Flash rate can be set to 2 Hz or 1 Hz 

Lens colour clear, with red, yellow/amber, blue or green LEDs 





Material 

housing ABS, self-extinguishing UL94VO & 5VA, similar to RAL 3000 (fl ame red) 



Cable entry 

Weight 

Dimensions 


280 g 

Ø 88.7 116 

M20 

95 

85.5 A/F 



M20 

IS-mC1 

Colour LED Rated voltage 24 V DC 

yellow/amber 320 35 80 4 000 

red 320 35 80 5 000 

green 320 35 80 6 000 

blue 320 35 80 7 000 

240 

www.pfannenberg.com
























































241


Combination possibilities: Zener barrier, 

IS-A105N sounder and IS-Mini series alarm 

Non-Ex-area 

Ex-area / Ex-Zone 0, 1 or 2 

Categories 1G, 2G or 3G 

1 st stage 

1 st stage 

24 V DC 

+ VE 

– 

Z 728 

IS-A105N 

1 st – 3 rd stage 

Z 728 

24 V DC 

+ VE 

– 

Stage 2 

IS-A105N 

Stage 3 

2 nd stage 

Z 786 

3 rd stage 

Stage 1 

24 V DC 

(Pole reversal) 

+ – 

– + 

Z 928 AC 

R 

IS-A105N 

R = Monitoring resistor = parallel to input 

24 V DC 

+ 

– 

Z 728 

IS-mB1 

24 V DC 

+ 

– 

Z 728 

IS-mA1 

24 V DC 

+ 

– 

Z 728 

IS-mC1 

242 

www.pfannenberg.com


Technical data for Zener barriers 

Rated data Ex characteristic values for (Eex ia) IIC Technichal data 

Type Version V Ω 

max. longitudinal 

U Z 

R min 

I k 

(I 0 

) P max 

C max 

L max 

L/R 

U in at U in 

(V) (Ω) (mA) (W) (μF) (mH) Ratio resistance 

10 μA max. 

(Ω) (V) (V) 

Z 728 

Zener barrier + Ve 

BAS 01 ATEX 70005 

rated safety 

current (mA) 

28 300 28 301 93 0.65 0.083 3.05 56 327 26.5 28.0 50 

Z 928 

Zener barrier AC 

BAS 01 ATEX 70005 

28 300 28 301 93 0.65 0.083 3.05 56 327 26.0 27.6 50 

Z 786 

Diode barrier 

BAS 01 ATEX 70005 

28 

Diode A1 

A2 

B 

28 

28 

28 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0.083 

0.083 

0.083 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

36 + 0.9 V 

36 + 0.9 V 

– 

26.5 

26.5 

– 

28.0 

28.0 

– 

50 

50 

– 

Note: A1 and A2 - separate channels, B - two channels connected in parallel with ground connection 


Design terminal housing made of Makrolon, fl ammability class UL 94 V-0 

Height x Width x Depth mm 110 x 12.5 x 115 

Mounting snap fi tting to 35 mm DIN rail conforming to DIN EN 50022 

Connection self-opening apparatus terminals; max. wire cross-section 2 x 2.5mm 2 

Ambient temperature - 20 °C … + 60 °C 



Type Z 728 + Ve Z 928 AC Z 786 Diode 

381 09 80 0 000 381 09 30 0 000 381 09 80 0 001 

Blockschaltbilder 

Non-Ex-area 

Connections 

Ex-area 

Connections 

Z 728 

8 

1 

7 

2 

+ VE type 

8 

7 

x 3 

x 3 

Z 928 

1 

2 

Zener barriers 

Z 786 

8 

1 

7 

x 3 

2 

6 

5 

x 3 

3 

4 


243



Quadro-LED Flex-3G/3D 

CWB-ATEX 

Supply 

voltage 

Operating 

mode 

control 

on request ! 

Ex-PEX 2005 / Ex-PEX 2010 / Ex-PEX 2015 

’de’ version with connection box ’d’ version with cable gland ’d’ version with cable connection 

AC version 

DC version 

BExBG15 / BExBG 10 / BExBG 05 

EEx ’e’ version 

BExBG 05 


BExBG15 / BExBG 10 


Internal potential 

equalisation 

Connecting 

terminals 

Connecting 

terminals 

Internal 

earth 

terminal 

2 x M20 

cable entries 

Multi-pin 

connector 

for alternating 

flash 

mode 

Multi-pin 

connector 

for alternating 

fl ash 

mode 

E2xS 112 AC version 

E2xS 112 DC version 

Tone 

selection 

switch 

Tone 

selection 

switch 


potentiometer 


potentiometer 

48V version 


potentiometer 

12V / 24V version 

244 

www.pfannenberg.com


E2xS 121 AC version 

E2xS 121 DC version 


switch 


switch 


potentiometer 


potentiometer 

IS-A105N 

DS 5 3G/3D / DS 10 3G/3D 

AC version 

DS 5 3G/3D / DS 10 3G/3D 

DC version 


connection 

Soft start module and 

cable monitoring 

AC 

Optional for DS 5: 

volume control 

- 20 dB (A) 

DC 

Operating 

voltage 

connection 

Volume 

control 

Tone selection switch 

Options TAS / TAV: 

external tone selection 

stage 2, 3 and 4 


switch 

115V / 

230V AC 

Cable connection 

12/24/48V DC 

24V AC 


switch 

IS-mA1 


switch 

for the supply of additional 

sounders; max. 10 of type 

DS 10 or max. 15 of type DS 5 

IS-mC1 

Blink frequency 

setting 


Seal 

Seal 

Connecting 

terminals for 

light 

Volume 

control 

Connecting 

terminals 

Volume 

control 

Connecting 

terminals for 

sounder 


245


BExS 110d AC version BExS 110d DC version BExS 110e DC version 

Volume 

control 

2 nd and 3 rd 

stage control 

Volume 

control 

Multi-pin 

connector 

Multi-pin 

connector (DC 

devices only) 

Code 

switch 

AC 

connections 

Code 

switch 

Volume 

control 

DC 

connections 

Code 

switch 

Connection for 

terminal resistor 

or terminal 

diode 

BExS 120d AC version BExS 120d DC version BExS 120e DC version 

Volume 

control 

2 nd and 3 rd 

stage control 

Volume 

control 

DC 

connections 

Volume 

control 

Connection for 

terminal resistor 

or terminal diode 

AC 

connections 

Code 

switch 

Code 

switch 

Multi-pin 

connector 

Code 

switch 

Multi-pin 

connector (DC 

devices only) 

BExA 110 AC version 

BExA 110 DC version 

Tone and recording 

setting 

AC connections 

DC 

terminals 

A 

B 

C 

R 

Volume 

control 

Volume 

control 

Tone and 

recording 

setting 

Microphone 

Terminal 

cover 

Microphone 

LED 

Push-button 

LED 

Push-button 

E2xCS 112-05 flashing light 

E2xCS 112-05 sounder 

AC versions 


switch 


potentiometer 

DC versions 


switch 


potentiometer 

48V version 


potentiometer 

12V / 24V version 

246 

www.pfannenberg.com


BExCS 110-05D sounder AC version 

BExCS 110-05D sounder DC version 

Volume 

control 

2 nd and 3 rd 

stage control 

Volume 

control 

Multi-pin 

connector 

Code 

switch 


Code 

switch 

DC connections 

BExCS 110-05D / BExCA 110-05D flashing lights 

BExCA 110-05D sounder 

Internal connecting terminals 

for sounder PCB 

(simultaneous operation) 


AC versionen 

Volume 

control 

Tone and 

recording multi-pin 

connector 


Multi-pin 

connector for 

alternating flash mode 

Microphone 

Connection cover 

LED 

Push-button 

Internal connecting terminals 

for sounder PCB 

(simultaneous operation) 


DC versionen 


Volume 

control 

A 

B 

C 

R 

Tone and 

recording multipin 

connector 

Multi-pin 

connector for 


Microphone 

LED 

Push-button 

BExCL 15-05D flashing light 

BExCL 15-05D loudspeaker 

AC version 


Multi-pin 

connector for 


8 Ω / 16 Ω version 


DC version 

100 V version 


Multi-pin 

connector for 



247

248 

Art Illumination


The fourth dimension 

for your structure! 

Benefit from our know-how in 

the field of light architecture 

Illumination is naturally also technology. In its purest form, however, 

it is much more. Namely art. Or, to put it better: a real philosophy, 

because with light, you can take your building into a completely new 

dimension. 

That is what makes perfect illumination an ideal image tool. Present 

your building or structure in the right light. You can see for yourself 

how that looks in Paris, for example, where we illuminated a famous 

tower by a certain Gustave Eiffel, or in St. Petersburg, where the 

TV Tower and Trinity Bridge (Troitskiy-Most) are lit up by 9,500 

Pfannenberg fl ashing lights. 

Art Illumination 

249


ART ILLUMINATION 

A completely different side of Pfannenberg: 

art illumination. 

The beauty of the application and the durability and 

sturdiness of Pfannenberg fl ashing lights are the driving 

forces here. Let yourself be captivated by a few selected 

examples of Pfannenberg’s artistic side. 

Quadro R-ST 

In June 2008, St. Petersburg became the scene of 

a fantastic art illumination installation. The TV Tower 

and the Trinity Bridge were illuminated as part of the 

International Economic Forum. 

The project, which was based on the unique illumination 

of the Eiffel Tower in Paris, was carried out by a 

local company under the auspices of the city authorities. 

9,500 Pfannenberg Quadro R-ST fl ashing lights 

were used for the project, selected because of their 

sturdy design that guarantees a long service life under 

adverse conditions. 

St. Petersburg, Russia 

TV Tower and Trinity Bridge 

Quadro R 

Pfannenberg put the Eiffel Tower back in the spotlight 

on 21 June 2003. Millions of people all over the world 

have admired the fl ashing lights that illuminate one of 

the most famous landmarks in the world. 

20,000 fl ashing lights, specially manufactured by 

Pfannenberg GmbH, were installed by experienced 

mountaineers in order to light up the Eiffel Tower. 

Each light has a service life of at least 10 years and can 

light up over 10 million times during that time. Thanks 

to their special design, they withstand summer and 

winter, storm and hail and illuminate the Eiffel Tower 

daily between 7 pm and midnight every hour on the 

hour for 10 minutes, as well as on special occasions. 

Paris, France 

Eiffel Tower 

Do you require further information? 

Just call us about any project: your ideas and our experience are sure to lead to great success! 

Global Product Management: +49 40 73412-226 or -223 

250


PSL 060 

At the Expo 2000, the façade of the French Pavilion 

was turned into a spectacular eye-catcher. Etienne Jules 

Meray’s photo ‘The Walking Man’, taken in 1880, 

was recreated as a large, moving light construction in 

keeping with the exhibition’s slogan: ‘Transport, 

Mobility and Movement’. 

The 26 steps of the movement were illuminated in 

quick succession by Pfannenberg flashing lights. 

Like in a film, the lights ran along the 100 metre long 

walkway in 2 seconds and brought the man to life, day 

and night. 

Hanover, Germany 

Expo 2000 

AB-PN 

Pfannenberg’s extremely bright and extremely strong 

fl ashing lights were used to illuminate the Pont de 

Normandie. 

The frequencies of the fl ashing lights can be programmed 

in various stages and the light sequences 

adjust themselves to the level of traffi c on the bridge: 

a lot of traffic – fast sequences, little traffi c – slow 

sequences. 

Due to the varying light sequences, the light installation 

has become a real attraction that draws in and 

captivates tourists. 

Le Havre - Honfl eur, France 

Pont de Normandie 

Quadro R-ST 

In honour of the Sino-European Economic Conference 

in Hamburg in 2004, the organisers wanted to 

create a special accent and had the Council House lit 

up in blue. As the icing on the cake, the tower was lit 

by Pfannenberg Eiffel Tower fl ashing lights, thus captivating 

the observers with the famous Champagne 

sparkle. 

Many citizens and visitors described the project, 

which could be seen from afar, as innovative and, as 

the light artist Michael Batz, who arranged the lights, 

said: “on a par with large cities such as Paris or New 

York”. 

Hamburg, Germany 

Council House 


251



Quadro R / Quadro R-ST 

Quadro R 

• art illumination inside and outside buildings, even under the toughest 

of conditions 

• with instant sparkling effect 

Quadro R-ST (additional) 

• equipped with industrial plug connectors for simple mounting 

• one plug connector each for input and output, thus the devices can 

be connected in a row 

IP 66 

IP 67 

IK 08 

+ 55 °C 

- 25 °C 

Protection 

system 

Protection 

system 

Impact-proof 

housing 

Operating 

temperature 

Electrical data Quadro R Quadro R-ST 

Rated voltage 230 V AC 230 V AC 




Mechanische Daten Quadro R Quadro R-ST 

Flash rate 

22 – 28 fl ashes/min. 

Flash energy 

10 Joules 


Lens colours 









II 




Material 

lens 




2 x plug connectors (input/output) 

Cable entry 

2 x M20 

Connecting terminals srew clamps 2,5 mm 2 

Mounting 

external lugs 



Weight 

600 g 

252


Dimensions 

Quadro R 

Quadro R-ST 

25 

130 

47 

2 x M20/M32 

(prepared) 

130 

39 

130 

174 

130 

113.5 

134 

80 

80 

2 x M20 

(prepared) 

37 

113.5 


40 

133.5 


Article numbers Quadro R Quadro R-ST 

Lens colour Rated voltage 230 V AC 230 V AC 

clear 291 23 10 1 005 291 24 10 1 000 




GOST 

253

Custom solutions 

Custom solutions 

Customer-specifi c solutions are another of Pfannenberg’s specialties. 

WBQ-SG 

Integrated sounder/fl ashing light combinations is a 

sturdy aluminium housing to protect against extreme 

mechanical stress, developed for the German navy. 

PL 105 Accu 

Fire signal in the safety tunnel alongside the 

Kitzsteinhorn railway; integrated 60 minute battery 

buffer. 

LWL M-AS-i 

Laser function display as per IEC 60825-1 with 

integrated function monitoring, redundant LED 

equipment and AS-i control in machine-specifi c design. 

BR 35 Silver 

Special high-gloss surface coating in customerspecifi 

c machine design. 


Just call us. We look forward to hearing about your requirements! 

Global Product Management: +49 40 73412-226 oder -223 

254


Pfannenberg Software Service: PSS Alarm 

On the Pfannenberg homepage you will fi nd valuable, free software tools that are sure to assist you effi ciently in 

solving your signaling tasks: www.pfannenberg.com/service 

• Sizing of audible signaling devices for required 

distances (coverage) 

• Calculation of audible signaling device coverage 

• Calculation of set up requirements (distances) for 

audible alarms networks 

• Audio samples of all standard tones 

Pfannenberg: 

Signaling technology and thermal management 

You can also benefi t from Pfannenberg’s long-standing 

competence in the fi eld of control cabinet air conditioning 

and equipment. You too will be convinced by our 

economical solutions. 

We look forward to your call or just send an email to: 

sales.suppert@pfannenberg.com. Order your ‘thermal 

management’ catalogue today. 

+ 49 40 734 12–0 

• Cooling units 

• Air/water heat exchangers 

• Chillers 

• Filter fans 

• Heaters, thermostats and hygrostats 

Services 

255

Pfannenberg worldwide 


Make use of our large assortment of online information. 

At www.pfannenberg.com, just click ‘Products’ in the 


side with all product categories. With a few clicks you 

can fi nd all of the important information that you require. 

Our special service to you: the download area! Click 

here to conveniently download data sheets or design 

drawings to your PC and print them out. 


256



Do you have any questions about our products and 

services? Would you like to arrange an appointment 

with one of our technicians? Do you require further 

information? Then just call us on + 49 40 7 34 12 - 0 or 

send an email to sales.support@pfannenberg.com. 

You can also fi ll out this fax form and send it to the 

number shown below. Whichever way you choose to 

contact us, we will respond promptly to your questions, 

requests and suggestions. 

+ 49 40 7 34 12 - 101 

Company 

Contact person 

Street/no. 

Post code/town 

Country 

Email 

Please call me on 

I would like to arrange an appointment with a fi eld service employee. 

My suggested date: 

My concern is as follows: 

257

Sales Partners 

Support Organisations - Germany 

Südost-Niedersachsen/ 

Nord-Hessen/Ost-Westfalen 

postal code 

Pfannenberg GmbH 29201 – 34639 

Werner-Witt-Str. 1 37001 – 39649 

21035 Hamburg 49001 – 49328 

Phone: 040 / 734 12 260 

Telefax: 040 / 734 12 101 

ingo.leppkes@pfannenberg.com 

West-Niedersachsen/ 

Hamburg/Schleswig-Holstein 

postal code 

IKS 20001 – 28879 

Ingenieur-Kontor-Sottrum GmbH 48501 – 48531 

Hertzstraße 3 49341 – 49459 

27367 Sottrum 49551 – 49849 

Phone: 0 42 64 / 83 90 - 0 

Telefax: 0 42 64 / 83 90 - 90 

www.iks-sottrum.de 

iks@iks-sottrum.de 

Mecklenburg-Vorpommern 

postal code 



21035 Hamburg 

Phone: 040 / 734 12 0 

Telefax: 040 / 734 12 101 

rudolf.goerz@pfannenberg.com 

Nordrhein-Westfalen 

postal code 

Wagner GmbH 40001 – 48499 

Werksvertretungen der Elektroindustrie 48541 – 48739 

Auf dem Hüls 6 49461 – 49549 

40822 Mettmann 50101 – 53949 

Phone: 0 21 04 / 955 - 0 56001 – 56769 

Telefax: 0 21 04 / 7 54 26 57001 – 59969 

www.wagnergmbh.de 

info@wagnergmbh.de 

Süd-Hessen 

postal code 


Coburger Straße 10 55001 – 55459 

63811 Stockstadt am Main 55501 – 55599 

Phone: 06027 / 40 39 414 60001 – 65936 

Telefax: 06027 / 40 39 415 67501 – 67599 

daniel.boeth@pfannenberg.com 68601 – 68649 

97801 – 97859 

Rheinland-Pfalz/Saar 

postal code 

Herbert Neundörfer 54201 – 54689 

Werksvertretungen GmbH & Co. KG 55461 – 55499 

Zum Schacht 9 55606 – 55779 

66287 Quierschied 56801 – 56869 

Phone: 0 68 25 / 954 50 66001 – 67489 

Telefax: 0 68 25 / 954 599 67601 – 67829 

www.herbert-neundoerfer.de 76711 – 76891 

info@herbert-neundoerfer.de 

Baden 

postal code 



21035 Hamburg 74701 – 75339 

Phone: 040 / 734 12 0 76001 – 76709 

Telefax: 040 / 734 12 101 77601 – 77978 

rudolf.goerz@pfannenberg.com 79001 – 79879 

97861 – 97999 

Württemberg 

postal code 


Riedstraße 2 75351 – 75449 

72810 Gomaringen 78001 – 78739 

Phone: 0 70 72 / 922 91 97 88001 – 88099 

Telefax: 0 70 72 / 922 95 44 88181 – 89198 

tomislav.kovacic@pfannenberg.com 89501 – 89619 

Süd-Bayern 

postal code 

Ing. Adolf Müller GmbH 80001 – 87789 

Industrievertretungen 88101 – 88179 

Elly-Staegmeyr-Straße 15 89201 – 89449 

80999 München 93301 – 93359 

Phone: 089 / 812 60 44/45 94001 – 95479 

Telefax: 089 / 812 69 25 

www.ingam.de 

info@ingam.de 

Nord-Bayern 

postal code 


Coburger Straße 10 93401 – 93499 

63811 Stockstadt am Main 95001 – 97799 

Phone: 06027 / 40 39 414 

Telefax: 06027 / 40 39 415 

daniel.boeth@pfannenberg.com 

Berlin/Brandenburg/ 

Sachsen/Thüringen 

postal code 

Pfannenberg GmbH 01001 – 09669 

Werner-Witt-Str. 1 10001 – 16949 

21035 Hamburg 98501 – 99998 

Phone: 040 / 734 12 0 

Telefax: 040 / 734 12 101 

rudolf.goerz@pfannenberg.com 

258

Support Organisations - International 


Asia 

Pfannenberg Asia Pacific Pte Ltd 

61 Tai Seng Avenue 

# B1-01 UE Print Media Hub 

Singapore 534167 

Phone: +65 6293 9040 

Telefax: +65 6299 3184 

info@pfannenberg.com.sg 

Australia 

HSC Pfannenberg 

10 Remillies Way 

Beaumont Hills 

2155 NSW Sydney 

Phone: +61 2 882 432 13 

Telefax: +61 2 882 432 13 

susannehaug@hscpfannenberg.com 

Austria 

Pfannenberg GmbH 

Joachim Hoitsch 

Am Sonnengrund 41 

8152 Graz/Stallhofen 

Phone: +43 3142 20386 

Mobile: +43 664 919 8488 

Telefax: +43 3142 20396 

joachim.hoitsch@pfannenberg.com 

Manfred Hartner 

Am Sonnengrund 41 

8152 Graz/Stallhofen 

Phone: +43 3142 20386 

Mobile: +43 664 245 1333 

Telefax: +43 3144 6581 

manfred.hartner@pfannenberg.com 

Belarus 

ConEktro UE 

Nezavisimosti Ave.,95, build 7 

220043 Minsk 

Phone: +375 17 2873060 

Telefax:+375 17 2873591 

Belgium 

I E x T n.v. 

Heiveldekens 8 

2550 Kontich 

Phone: +32 3 458 27 41 

Telefax: +32 3 458 27 61 

info@iext.be 

Brazil 

Steute do Brasil Ltda. 

Rua Badejo, 38-Bairro Aquario 

13280-000 Vinhedo-SP 

Phone: +55 19 3836 2414 

Telefax: +55 19 3836 2401 

vendas@steute.com.br 

Bulgaria 

Eurotrade-X Ltd. 

2, Konstantin Velichkov Blvd. 

Plovdiv 4000 

Phone: +35 9 32 655 021 

Telefax: +35 9 32 655 033 

eurotradex@migton.net 

Canada 

Pfannenberg Inc. 

68 Ward Road 

USA-Lancaster, N.Y. 14086 

Phone: +1 716 685 68 66 

Telefax: +1 716 681 15 21 

blaine.witt@pfannenbergusa.com 

China 

Pfannenberg (Suzhou) Pte Ltd 

Sales Office: 

Unit 2401, North Tower of 

Shanghai Stock Exchange Building 

No. 528, Pudong Road South 

Shanghai 200120 

Phone: +86 21 688 247 55 

Telefax: +86 21 688 247 58 

sales@pfannenberg.cn 

Colombia 

Ingepro Ltda. 

Compania Importadora Comercial 

Av. Eldorado No. 84A-55 

Local 118 A.A. 

95406 Santa Fe de Bogota D.C. 

Phone: +57 1 410 2621 

Telefax: +57 1 295 2581 

Croatia 

Elektro Partner d.o.o. 

Slavonska Avenija 24/6 

10000 Zagreb 

Phone: +385 1 618 47 93 

Telefax: +385 1 618 47 95 

elektropartner@zg.t-com.hr 

Czech Republic 

Weidmüller, s.r.o. 

Vídenská 340 

252 42 Vestec u Prahy 

Phone: +420 244 001 400 

Telefax: +420 244 001 499 

bohumir.odvarko@weidmueller.cz 

Denmark 

Duelco A/S 

Mommarkvej 5 

6400 Sønderburg 

Phone: +45 70 10 10 07 

Telefax: +45 70 10 10 08 

info@duelco.dk 

Estonia 

Autrosafe OY 

Uranuksenkuja 4 b 

FIN-01480 Vantaa 

Phone: +358 9 2709 0120 

Telefax: +358 9 2709 0129 

autrosafe@autrosafe.fi 

Finland 

Autrosafe OY 

Uranuksenkuja 4 b 

01480 Vantaa 

Phone: +358 9 2709 0120 

Telefax: +358 9 2709 0129 

autrosafe@autrosafe.fi 

France 

AE & T Applications Electroniques 

& Techniques 

4, Impasse Joliot Curie - BP 25 

64110 Jurancon 

Phone: +33 5 59 06 06 0 

Telefax: +33 5 59 06 44 63 

info@aet.fr 

Greece 

Pfannenberg Italia s.r.l. 

Via La Bionda, 13 

I-43036 Fidenza (PR) 

Phone: +39 0524 516 711 

Telefax: +39 0524 516 790 

sciacca@pfannenberg.it 

Honduras 

Cilasa 

Angel Mena 

Barrio Los Andes 

7 Calle, 14 Y15 Ave. N.O. 

San Pedro Sula 

Phone: +504 557 1146 

angel.mena@iecilasa.com 

Hungary 

Trendelektro Kft. 

Dombóvári u. 5-7 

1117 Budapest 

Phone: +36 1 464 31 18 

Telefax: +36 1 464 31 19 

istvan.imrik@trendelektro.hu 

Indonesia 

Norway 

PT Guna Elektro 

Marin Supply A/S 

GAE Electrical & Mechanical Products Postboks 75 

Jl. Arjuna Utara 50 

3155 Asgardstrand 

Jakarta Barat 11510 

Phone: +47 33 08 33 08 

Phone: +62 21 565 50 10 

Telefax: +47 33 08 33 09 

Telefax: +62 21 568 50 30 

alarm@marinsupply.no 

info@gae.co.id 

Ireland 

Pfannenberg (UK) Ltd. 

Unit 6C Aspen Court 

Bessemer Way 

Centurion Business Park 

GB-Rotherham S60 1FB 

Phone: +44 1709 36 48 44 

Telefax: +44 1709 36 42 11 

mark.rosten-edwards@pfannenberg.co.uk 

Israel 

ATEKA LTD. 

23, Hayetzira St., Kiryat Aryeh 

Petach-Tikva 49512 

Phone: +972 3 939 2303 

Telefax: +972 3 924 3273 

marketing@ateka.co.il 

Italy 


Via La Bionda, 13 

43036 Fidenza (PR) 

Phone: +39 0524 516 711 

Telefax: +39 0524 516 790 

mail@pfannenberg.it 

Kazakhstan 

Electric Light 

Auezova str. 84, offi ce 310 

050008 Almaty 

Phone: +7 3272 421 709 

Telefax: +7 3271 423 518 

wgm@nursat.kz 

Korea 

Pfannenberg Asia Pacific Pte Ltd 

61 Tai Seng Avenue 

# B1-01 UE Print Media Hub 

Singapore 534167 

Phone: +65 6293 9040 

Telefax: +65 6299 3184 

info@pfannenberg.com.sg 

Malaysia 

EITA Electric Sdn Bhd 

Lot 4, Block A, Jalan SS 13/7 

Subang Jaya Industrial Estate 

47500 Subang Jaya, 

Selangor Darul Ehsan 

Phone: + 603 5637 80 88 

Telefax: + 603 5635 47 19 

ctwong@eita.com.my 

Mexico 

Distribuciones Electricas 

Internacionales, S.A. de C.V. 

(DEISA) 

Cuarzo No. 2550-4 

Col. Bosques de la Victoria 

C.P. 44540-Guadalajara, Jalisco 

Phone: +52 33 10 57 82 80 

Telefax: +52 33 35 63 07 49 

deisa_gdl@deisamex.com 

Netherlands 

Electromach b.v. 

Jan Tinbergenstraat 193 

7559 SP Hengelo 

Phone: +31 74 2 472 472 

Telefax: +31 74 2 435 925 

info@electromach.nl 

New Zealand 

Electrade New Zealand Limited 

196 Marua Road, Ellerslie 

Auckland 5 

Phone: +64 9 525 1753 

Telefax: +64 9 525 1756 

kevin@electrade.co.nz 

Poland 

Automatech Sp.z o.o. 

Biuro-Warszawa 

ul. Ryzowa 84 

05-815 Opacz-Kolonia 

Phone: +48 22 72 30 606 

Telefax: +48 22 72 30 662 

biuro.warszawa@automatech.pl 

Portugal 


Jordi Zaragoza Gómez 

c) Montcabrer 15 

ES-08340 Vilassar de Mar (BCN) 

Phone: +34 937 506 214 

Mobile: +34 664 662 856 

Telefax: +34 937 506 214 

jordi.zaragoza@pfannenberg.com 

Romania 

R.T.S. Electro 

11, Petru Rares Street 

011101 Bucharest 1 

Phone: +40 21 260 1021 

Telefax: +40 21 222 3097 

office@rtselectro.ro 

Russia 

Pfannenberg OOO 

Moskovskiy Prospekt, 174/8 

196 105 St. Petersburg 

Phone: +7 812 600-21-06 

Telefax: +7 812 387-56-74 

rybolov.alexey@pfannenberg.ru 

ConEktro 

Godovikova str. 9, bld 1 

129085 Moscow 

Phone: +7 495 980 68 67 

Telefax: +7 495 980 68 69 

moscow@conektro.ru 

Elektro-Profi (Firma Ikm+) 

Bakuninskaya str. 82 

105082 Moscow 

Phone: +7 495 956 65 93 

Telefax: +7 495 956 65 93 

mail@electroprofi.ru 

MIG Electro 

Sherbakovskaya str. 53 

build 17, office 303 

105318 Moscow 

Phone: +7 495 366 9000 

Phone: +7 495 647 0833 

Phone: +7 495 720 8268 

Telefax: +7 495 365 8840 

info@mege.ru 

Slovakia 

Elektris s.r.o. 

Racianska 188 

831 53 Bratislava 

Phone: +421 2 4920 0113 

Telefax: +421 2 4468 0328 

weidmueller@computel.sk 

Slovenia 

Elektrospoji d.o.o. 

Stegne 25 

1000 Ljubljana 

Phone: +386 1 511 38 10 

Telefax: +386 1 511 16 04 

info@elektrospoji.si 

South Africa 

Phambili Interface (Pty) Ltd 

5 Bundo Road, Sebenza 

P.O. Box 193 

1610 Edenvale 

Phone: +27 11 452 19 30 

Telefax: +27 11 452 64 55 

alockyer@radinterface.co.za 

Spain 


Jordi Zaragoza Gómez 

c) Montcabrer 15 

08340 Vilassar de Mar (BCN) 

Phone: +34 937 506 214 

Mobile: +34 664 662 856 

Telefax: +34 937 506 214 

jordi.zaragoza@pfannenberg.com 

Sweden 

Weidmüller AB 

Axel Danielssons väg 271 

200 49 Malmö 

Phone: +46 771 43 00 44 

Telefax: +46 40 37 48 70 

info@Weidmuller.se 

Switzerland 

Carl Geisser AG 

Industriestraße 7 

8117 Fällanden ZH 

Phone: +41 44 806 65 00 

Telefax: +41 44 806 65 01 

Info@carlgeisser.ch 

Turkey 

Endaks 

Endustriyel Akseesuarlar LDT.STI. 

Perpa Ticaret Merkezi 

A Blok Kat 5 No. 292 

80270 Okmeydani - Istanbul 

Phone: +90 212 222 22 75 

Telefax: +90 212 220 10 47 

info@endaks.com 

Ukraine 

TEKO INTERFACE TOB 

1) Ul Urlitzkogo 13 

09100 Bila Zerkwa 

Phone: +380 4463 910 78 

Telefax: +380 4463 366 41 

2) Ul. Lebanewskogo 6 

03058 Kiev 

Phone: +380 44 4010 990 

Telefax: +380 44 4010 991 

United Arab Emirates 

Golden Sand Trading Est. 

P.O. Box 51632 

202, Bin Ham Building 

Trade Center Road 

Dubai 

Phone: +971 4 359 56 11 

Telefax: +971 4 359 54 73 

vasu2000@emirates.net.ae 

United Kingdom 

Pfannenberg (UK) Ltd. 

Unit 6C Aspen Court 

Bessemer Way 

Centurion Business Park 

Rotherham S60 1FB 

Phone: +44 1709 36 48 44 

Telefax: +44 1709 36 42 11 

mark.rosten-edwards@pfannenberg.co.uk 

United States of America 

Pfannenberg Inc. 

68 Ward Road 

Lancaster, N.Y. 14086 

Phone: +1 716 685 68 66 

Telefax: +1 716 681 15 21 

blaine.witt@pfannenbergusa.com 

Venezuela 

Klöckner-Moeller Somerinca, c.a. 

Calle Vargas, Edlf. Eseban, Piso 2 

Bolelta Norte - Apdo. 76051 

Caracas 1070 A 

Phone: +58 212 235 10 81 

Telefax: +58 212 239 93 41 

klocmoeller@cantv.net 

259 

Sales Partners


Pfannenberg GmbH 

Werner-Witt-Straße 1 • D-21035 Hamburg 

P. O. Box 80 07 47 • D-21007 Hamburg 

Phone ++ 49 40 734 12 - 0 • Fax ++ 49 40 734 12 - 101 

sales.support@pfannenberg.com • www.pfannenberg.com 

Deliveries are made on the basis of the General Terms and Services of the ZVEI (Central 

Association of Electrical Engineering and Industry) Subject to technical amendments and 

misprints. This paper has been manufactured from chlorine-free bleached cellulose.

100 mm

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?